Transaction Hash:
Block:
16628541 at Feb-14-2023 05:40:59 PM +UTC
Transaction Fee:
0.003083741882165824 ETH
$7.49
Gas Used:
133,892 Gas / 23.031561872 Gwei
Emitted Events:
| 10 |
PL.0xc3d58168c5ae7397731d063d5bbf3d657854427343f4c083240f7aacaa2d0f62( 0xc3d58168c5ae7397731d063d5bbf3d657854427343f4c083240f7aacaa2d0f62, 0x0000000000000000000000001e0049783f008a0085193e00003d00cd54003c71, 0x00000000000000000000000055893ddb9a66ab306172e2fdc2723410598d5753, 0x0000000000000000000000000b18ef1592a34d45c2f353dd1f835c684d609a91, 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000bd, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001 )
|
| 11 |
MetaAngelsAdobeAir.TransferSingle( operator=Conduit, from=[Sender] 0x55893ddb9a66ab306172e2fdc2723410598d5753, to=0x0B18ef15...84d609a91, id=7, value=1 )
|
Account State Difference:
| Address | Before | After | State Difference | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0x55893DDb...0598d5753 |
0.089155905754883535 Eth
Nonce: 623
|
0.086072163872717711 Eth
Nonce: 624
| 0.003083741882165824 | ||
| 0x875a48b0...7091dc08f | |||||
|
0x98b92fde...5440bf38a
Miner
| (Fee Recipient: 0x98...38a) | 8.306567193084864977 Eth | 8.306701085084864977 Eth | 0.000133892 | |
| 0x9B6dB880...53B2308c5 |
Execution Trace
TransferHelper.bulkTransfer( items=, conduitKey=0000007B02230091A7ED01230072F7006A004D60A8D4E71D599B8104250F0000 ) => ( items=, conduitKey= )
Conduit.execute( transfers= ) => ( transfers= )
PL.f242432a( )
ERC1155CreatorImplementation.safeTransferFrom( from=0x55893DDb9a66aB306172E2fDC2723410598d5753, to=0x0B18ef1592A34D45c2F353dD1f835C684d609a91, id=189, amount=1, data=0x )
OperatorFilterer.approveTransfer( operator=0x1E0049783F008A0085193E00003D00cd54003c71, from=0x55893DDb9a66aB306172E2fDC2723410598d5753, 0x0B18ef1592A34D45c2F353dD1f835C684d609a91, [189], [1] ) => ( True )-
OperatorFilterRegistry.isOperatorAllowed( registrant=0x1dE06D2875453a272628BbB957077d18eb4A84CD, operator=0x1E0049783F008A0085193E00003D00cd54003c71 ) => ( True )
-
-
MetaAngelsAdobeAir.safeTransferFrom( from=0x55893DDb9a66aB306172E2fDC2723410598d5753, to=0x0B18ef1592A34D45c2F353dD1f835C684d609a91, id=7, amount=1, data=0x )
bulkTransfer[TransferHelper (ln:57)]
InvalidConduit[TransferHelper (ln:63)]_performTransfersWithConduit[TransferHelper (ln:66)]_checkRecipientIsNotZeroAddress[TransferHelper (ln:132)]RecipientCannotBeZeroAddress[TransferHelper (ln:292)]
InvalidERC20Identifier[TransferHelper (ln:148)]_checkERC721Receiver[TransferHelper (ln:157)]onERC721Received[TransferHelper (ln:252)]InvalidERC721Recipient[TransferHelper (ln:263)]ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertBytes[TransferHelper (ln:267)]ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertString[TransferHelper (ln:275)]
ConduitTransfer[TransferHelper (ln:166)]execute[TransferHelper (ln:180)]InvalidConduit[TransferHelper (ln:188)]ConduitErrorRevertString[TransferHelper (ln:193)]ConduitErrorRevertBytes[TransferHelper (ln:227)]
File 1 of 7: TransferHelper
File 2 of 7: PL
File 3 of 7: MetaAngelsAdobeAir
File 4 of 7: Conduit
File 5 of 7: ERC1155CreatorImplementation
File 6 of 7: OperatorFilterer
File 7 of 7: OperatorFilterRegistry
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { IERC721Receiver } from "../interfaces/IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "./TransferHelperStructs.sol";
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import {
ConduitControllerInterface
} from "../interfaces/ConduitControllerInterface.sol";
import { Conduit } from "../conduit/Conduit.sol";
import { ConduitTransfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import {
TransferHelperInterface
} from "../interfaces/TransferHelperInterface.sol";
import { TransferHelperErrors } from "../interfaces/TransferHelperErrors.sol";
/**
* @title TransferHelper
* @author stephankmin, stuckinaboot, ryanio
* @notice TransferHelper is a utility contract for transferring
* ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 items in bulk to specific recipients.
*/
contract TransferHelper is TransferHelperInterface, TransferHelperErrors {
// Allow for interaction with the conduit controller.
ConduitControllerInterface internal immutable _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER;
// Set conduit creation code and runtime code hashes as immutable arguments.
bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH;
bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_RUNTIME_CODE_HASH;
/**
* @dev Set the supplied conduit controller and retrieve its
* conduit creation code hash.
*
*
* @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
* that may optionally be used to transfer approved
* ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
*/
constructor(address conduitController) {
// Get the conduit creation code and runtime code hashes from the
// supplied conduit controller and set them as an immutable.
ConduitControllerInterface controller = ConduitControllerInterface(
conduitController
);
(_CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH, _CONDUIT_RUNTIME_CODE_HASH) = controller
.getConduitCodeHashes();
// Set the supplied conduit controller as an immutable.
_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER = controller;
}
/**
* @notice Transfer multiple ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 items to
* specified recipients.
*
* @param items The items to transfer to an intended recipient.
* @param conduitKey An optional conduit key referring to a conduit through
* which the bulk transfer should occur.
*
* @return magicValue A value indicating that the transfers were successful.
*/
function bulkTransfer(
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata items,
bytes32 conduitKey
) external override returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
// Ensure that a conduit key has been supplied.
if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
revert InvalidConduit(conduitKey, address(0));
}
// Use conduit derived from supplied conduit key to perform transfers.
_performTransfersWithConduit(items, conduitKey);
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.bulkTransfer.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Perform multiple transfers to specified recipients via the
* conduit derived from the provided conduit key.
*
* @param transfers The items to transfer.
* @param conduitKey The conduit key referring to the conduit through
* which the bulk transfer should occur.
*/
function _performTransfersWithConduit(
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata transfers,
bytes32 conduitKey
) internal {
// Retrieve total number of transfers and place on stack.
uint256 numTransfers = transfers.length;
// Derive the conduit address from the deployer, conduit key
// and creation code hash.
address conduit = address(
uint160(
uint256(
keccak256(
abi.encodePacked(
bytes1(0xff),
address(_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER),
conduitKey,
_CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH
)
)
)
)
);
// Declare a variable to store the sum of all items across transfers.
uint256 sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers;
// Skip overflow checks: all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
// Iterate over each transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < numTransfers; ++i) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question.
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient calldata transfer = transfers[
i
];
// Increment totalItems by the number of items in the transfer.
sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers += transfer.items.length;
}
}
// Declare a new array in memory with length totalItems to populate with
// each conduit transfer.
ConduitTransfer[] memory conduitTransfers = new ConduitTransfer[](
sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers
);
// Declare an index for storing ConduitTransfers in conduitTransfers.
uint256 itemIndex;
// Skip overflow checks: all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
// Iterate over each transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < numTransfers; ++i) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question.
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient calldata transfer = transfers[
i
];
// Retrieve the items of the transfer in question.
TransferHelperItem[] calldata transferItems = transfer.items;
// Ensure recipient is not the zero address.
_checkRecipientIsNotZeroAddress(transfer.recipient);
// Create a boolean indicating whether validateERC721Receiver
// is true and recipient is a contract.
bool callERC721Receiver = transfer.validateERC721Receiver &&
transfer.recipient.code.length != 0;
// Retrieve the total number of items in the transfer and
// place on stack.
uint256 numItemsInTransfer = transferItems.length;
// Iterate over each item in the transfer to create a
// corresponding ConduitTransfer.
for (uint256 j = 0; j < numItemsInTransfer; ++j) {
// Retrieve the item from the transfer.
TransferHelperItem calldata item = transferItems[j];
if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
// Ensure that the identifier of an ERC20 token is 0.
if (item.identifier != 0) {
revert InvalidERC20Identifier();
}
}
// If the item is an ERC721 token and
// callERC721Receiver is true...
if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
if (callERC721Receiver) {
// Check if the recipient implements
// onERC721Received for the given tokenId.
_checkERC721Receiver(
conduit,
transfer.recipient,
item.identifier
);
}
}
// Create a ConduitTransfer corresponding to each
// TransferHelperItem.
conduitTransfers[itemIndex] = ConduitTransfer(
item.itemType,
item.token,
msg.sender,
transfer.recipient,
item.identifier,
item.amount
);
// Increment the index for storing ConduitTransfers.
++itemIndex;
}
}
}
// Attempt the external call to transfer tokens via the derived conduit.
try ConduitInterface(conduit).execute(conduitTransfers) returns (
bytes4 conduitMagicValue
) {
// Check if the value returned from the external call matches
// the conduit `execute` selector.
if (conduitMagicValue != ConduitInterface.execute.selector) {
// If the external call fails, revert with the conduit key
// and conduit address.
revert InvalidConduit(conduitKey, conduit);
}
} catch Error(string memory reason) {
// Catch reverts with a provided reason string and
// revert with the reason, conduit key and conduit address.
revert ConduitErrorRevertString(reason, conduitKey, conduit);
} catch (bytes memory data) {
// Conduits will throw a custom error when attempting to transfer
// native token item types or an ERC721 item amount other than 1.
// Bubble up these custom errors when encountered. Note that the
// conduit itself will bubble up revert reasons from transfers as
// well, meaning that these errors are not necessarily indicative of
// an issue with the item type or amount in cases where the same
// custom error signature is encountered during a conduit transfer.
// Set initial value of first four bytes of revert data to the mask.
bytes4 customErrorSelector = bytes4(0xffffffff);
// Utilize assembly to read first four bytes (if present) directly.
assembly {
// Combine original mask with first four bytes of revert data.
customErrorSelector := and(
mload(add(data, 0x20)), // Data begins after length offset.
customErrorSelector
)
}
// Pass through the custom error in question if the revert data is
// the correct length and matches an expected custom error selector.
if (
data.length == 4 &&
(customErrorSelector == InvalidItemType.selector ||
customErrorSelector == InvalidERC721TransferAmount.selector)
) {
// "Bubble up" the revert reason.
assembly {
revert(add(data, 0x20), 0x04)
}
}
// Catch all other reverts from the external call to the conduit and
// include the conduit's raw revert reason as a data argument to a
// new custom error.
revert ConduitErrorRevertBytes(data, conduitKey, conduit);
}
}
/**
* @notice An internal function to check if a recipient address implements
* onERC721Received for a given tokenId. Note that this check does
* not adhere to the safe transfer specification and is only meant
* to provide an additional layer of assurance that the recipient
* can receive the tokens — any hooks or post-transfer checks will
* fail and the caller will be the transfer helper rather than the
* ERC721 contract. Note that the conduit is set as the operator, as
* it will be the caller once the transfer is performed.
*
* @param conduit The conduit to provide as the operator when calling
* onERC721Received.
* @param recipient The ERC721 recipient on which to call onERC721Received.
* @param tokenId The ERC721 tokenId of the token being transferred.
*/
function _checkERC721Receiver(
address conduit,
address recipient,
uint256 tokenId
) internal {
// Check if recipient can receive ERC721 tokens.
try
IERC721Receiver(recipient).onERC721Received(
conduit,
msg.sender,
tokenId,
""
)
returns (bytes4 selector) {
// Check if onERC721Received selector is valid.
if (selector != IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector) {
// Revert if recipient cannot accept
// ERC721 tokens.
revert InvalidERC721Recipient(recipient);
}
} catch (bytes memory data) {
// "Bubble up" recipient's revert reason.
revert ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertBytes(
data,
recipient,
msg.sender,
tokenId
);
} catch Error(string memory reason) {
// "Bubble up" recipient's revert reason.
revert ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertString(
reason,
recipient,
msg.sender,
tokenId
);
}
}
/**
* @notice An internal function that reverts if the passed-in recipient
* is the zero address.
*
* @param recipient The recipient on which to perform the check.
*/
function _checkRecipientIsNotZeroAddress(address recipient) internal pure {
// Revert if the recipient is the zero address.
if (recipient == address(0x0)) {
revert RecipientCannotBeZeroAddress();
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
interface IERC721Receiver {
function onERC721Received(
address operator,
address from,
uint256 tokenId,
bytes calldata data
) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
/**
* @dev A TransferHelperItem specifies the itemType (ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155),
* token address, token identifier, and amount of the token to be
* transferred via the TransferHelper. For ERC20 tokens, identifier
* must be 0. For ERC721 tokens, amount must be 1.
*/
struct TransferHelperItem {
ConduitItemType itemType;
address token;
uint256 identifier;
uint256 amount;
}
/**
* @dev A TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient specifies the tokens to transfer
* via the TransferHelper, their intended recipient, and a boolean flag
* indicating whether onERC721Received should be called on a recipient
* contract.
*/
struct TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient {
TransferHelperItem[] items;
address recipient;
bool validateERC721Receiver;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import {
ConduitTransfer,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
* @title ConduitInterface
* @author 0age
* @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
* and errors for conduit contracts.
*/
interface ConduitInterface {
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
* caller that does not have an open channel.
*/
error ChannelClosed(address channel);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
* current status of that channel.
*/
error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
* item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
*/
error InvalidItemType();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
* channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
*/
error InvalidController();
/**
* @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
*
* @param channel The channel that has been updated.
* @param open A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
*/
event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function.
*
* @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
external
returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
* open channel can call this function.
*
* @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeBatch1155(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
* a caller with an open channel can call this function.
*
* @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
* @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeWithBatch1155(
ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
*
* @param channel The channel to open or close.
* @param isOpen The status of the channel (either open or closed).
*/
function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/**
* @title ConduitControllerInterface
* @author 0age
* @notice ConduitControllerInterface contains all external function interfaces,
* structs, events, and errors for the conduit controller.
*/
interface ConduitControllerInterface {
/**
* @dev Track the conduit key, current owner, new potential owner, and open
* channels for each deployed conduit.
*/
struct ConduitProperties {
bytes32 key;
address owner;
address potentialOwner;
address[] channels;
mapping(address => uint256) channelIndexesPlusOne;
}
/**
* @dev Emit an event whenever a new conduit is created.
*
* @param conduit The newly created conduit.
* @param conduitKey The conduit key used to create the new conduit.
*/
event NewConduit(address conduit, bytes32 conduitKey);
/**
* @dev Emit an event whenever conduit ownership is transferred.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which ownership has been
* transferred.
* @param previousOwner The previous owner of the conduit.
* @param newOwner The new owner of the conduit.
*/
event OwnershipTransferred(
address indexed conduit,
address indexed previousOwner,
address indexed newOwner
);
/**
* @dev Emit an event whenever a conduit owner registers a new potential
* owner for that conduit.
*
* @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
*/
event PotentialOwnerUpdated(address indexed newPotentialOwner);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit using a
* conduit key where the first twenty bytes of the key do not match the
* address of the caller.
*/
error InvalidCreator();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit when no
* initial owner address is supplied.
*/
error InvalidInitialOwner();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to set a new potential owner
* that is already set.
*/
error NewPotentialOwnerAlreadySet(
address conduit,
address newPotentialOwner
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to cancel ownership transfer
* when no new potential owner is currently set.
*/
error NoPotentialOwnerCurrentlySet(address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to interact with a conduit that
* does not yet exist.
*/
error NoConduit();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a conduit that
* already exists.
*/
error ConduitAlreadyExists(address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update channels or transfer
* ownership of a conduit when the caller is not the owner of the
* conduit in question.
*/
error CallerIsNotOwner(address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to register a new potential
* owner and supplying the null address.
*/
error NewPotentialOwnerIsZeroAddress(address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to claim ownership of a conduit
* with a caller that is not the current potential owner for the
* conduit in question.
*/
error CallerIsNotNewPotentialOwner(address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to retrieve a channel using an
* index that is out of range.
*/
error ChannelOutOfRange(address conduit);
/**
* @notice Deploy a new conduit using a supplied conduit key and assigning
* an initial owner for the deployed conduit. Note that the first
* twenty bytes of the supplied conduit key must match the caller
* and that a new conduit cannot be created if one has already been
* deployed using the same conduit key.
*
* @param conduitKey The conduit key used to deploy the conduit. Note that
* the first twenty bytes of the conduit key must match
* the caller of this contract.
* @param initialOwner The initial owner to set for the new conduit.
*
* @return conduit The address of the newly deployed conduit.
*/
function createConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address initialOwner)
external
returns (address conduit);
/**
* @notice Open or close a channel on a given conduit, thereby allowing the
* specified account to execute transfers against that conduit.
* Extreme care must be taken when updating channels, as malicious
* or vulnerable channels can transfer any ERC20, ERC721 and ERC1155
* tokens where the token holder has granted the conduit approval.
* Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to open or close the channel.
* @param channel The channel to open or close on the conduit.
* @param isOpen A boolean indicating whether to open or close the channel.
*/
function updateChannel(
address conduit,
address channel,
bool isOpen
) external;
/**
* @notice Initiate conduit ownership transfer by assigning a new potential
* owner for the given conduit. Once set, the new potential owner
* may call `acceptOwnership` to claim ownership of the conduit.
* Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to initiate ownership transfer.
* @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
*/
function transferOwnership(address conduit, address newPotentialOwner)
external;
/**
* @notice Clear the currently set potential owner, if any, from a conduit.
* Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to cancel ownership transfer.
*/
function cancelOwnershipTransfer(address conduit) external;
/**
* @notice Accept ownership of a supplied conduit. Only accounts that the
* current owner has set as the new potential owner may call this
* function.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to accept ownership.
*/
function acceptOwnership(address conduit) external;
/**
* @notice Retrieve the current owner of a deployed conduit.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated owner.
*
* @return owner The owner of the supplied conduit.
*/
function ownerOf(address conduit) external view returns (address owner);
/**
* @notice Retrieve the conduit key for a deployed conduit via reverse
* lookup.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated conduit
* key.
*
* @return conduitKey The conduit key used to deploy the supplied conduit.
*/
function getKey(address conduit) external view returns (bytes32 conduitKey);
/**
* @notice Derive the conduit associated with a given conduit key and
* determine whether that conduit exists (i.e. whether it has been
* deployed).
*
* @param conduitKey The conduit key used to derive the conduit.
*
* @return conduit The derived address of the conduit.
* @return exists A boolean indicating whether the derived conduit has been
* deployed or not.
*/
function getConduit(bytes32 conduitKey)
external
view
returns (address conduit, bool exists);
/**
* @notice Retrieve the potential owner, if any, for a given conduit. The
* current owner may set a new potential owner via
* `transferOwnership` and that owner may then accept ownership of
* the conduit in question via `acceptOwnership`.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the potential owner.
*
* @return potentialOwner The potential owner, if any, for the conduit.
*/
function getPotentialOwner(address conduit)
external
view
returns (address potentialOwner);
/**
* @notice Retrieve the status (either open or closed) of a given channel on
* a conduit.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the channel status.
* @param channel The channel for which to retrieve the status.
*
* @return isOpen The status of the channel on the given conduit.
*/
function getChannelStatus(address conduit, address channel)
external
view
returns (bool isOpen);
/**
* @notice Retrieve the total number of open channels for a given conduit.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the total channel count.
*
* @return totalChannels The total number of open channels for the conduit.
*/
function getTotalChannels(address conduit)
external
view
returns (uint256 totalChannels);
/**
* @notice Retrieve an open channel at a specific index for a given conduit.
* Note that the index of a channel can change as a result of other
* channels being closed on the conduit.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the open channel.
* @param channelIndex The index of the channel in question.
*
* @return channel The open channel, if any, at the specified channel index.
*/
function getChannel(address conduit, uint256 channelIndex)
external
view
returns (address channel);
/**
* @notice Retrieve all open channels for a given conduit. Note that calling
* this function for a conduit with many channels will revert with
* an out-of-gas error.
*
* @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve open channels.
*
* @return channels An array of open channels on the given conduit.
*/
function getChannels(address conduit)
external
view
returns (address[] memory channels);
/**
* @dev Retrieve the conduit creation code and runtime code hashes.
*/
function getConduitCodeHashes()
external
view
returns (bytes32 creationCodeHash, bytes32 runtimeCodeHash);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import { ConduitItemType } from "./lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
import {
ConduitTransfer,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "./lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import "./lib/ConduitConstants.sol";
/**
* @title Conduit
* @author 0age
* @notice This contract serves as an originator for "proxied" transfers. Each
* conduit is deployed and controlled by a "conduit controller" that can
* add and remove "channels" or contracts that can instruct the conduit
* to transfer approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens. *IMPORTANT NOTE: each
* conduit has an owner that can arbitrarily add or remove channels, and
* a malicious or negligent owner can add a channel that allows for any
* approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens to be taken immediately — be extremely
* cautious with what conduits you give token approvals to!*
*/
contract Conduit is ConduitInterface, TokenTransferrer {
// Set deployer as an immutable controller that can update channel statuses.
address private immutable _controller;
// Track the status of each channel.
mapping(address => bool) private _channels;
/**
* @notice Ensure that the caller is currently registered as an open channel
* on the conduit.
*/
modifier onlyOpenChannel() {
// Utilize assembly to access channel storage mapping directly.
assembly {
// Write the caller to scratch space.
mstore(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, caller())
// Write the storage slot for _channels to scratch space.
mstore(ChannelKey_slot_ptr, _channels.slot)
// Derive the position in storage of _channels[msg.sender]
// and check if the stored value is zero.
if iszero(
sload(keccak256(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, ChannelKey_length))
) {
// The caller is not an open channel; revert with
// ChannelClosed(caller). First, set error signature in memory.
mstore(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_signature)
// Next, set the caller as the argument.
mstore(ChannelClosed_channel_ptr, caller())
// Finally, revert, returning full custom error with argument.
revert(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_length)
}
}
// Continue with function execution.
_;
}
/**
* @notice In the constructor, set the deployer as the controller.
*/
constructor() {
// Set the deployer as the controller.
_controller = msg.sender;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
external
override
onlyOpenChannel
returns (bytes4 magicValue)
{
// Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
uint256 totalStandardTransfers = transfers.length;
// Iterate over each transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
_transfer(transfers[i]);
// Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
++i;
}
}
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.execute.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeBatch1155(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
// Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
// entirely corrupted from this point forward.
_performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.executeBatch1155.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single ERC20/721/1155 item
* transfers as well as batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 item transfers to perform.
* @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeWithBatch1155(
ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
// Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
uint256 totalStandardTransfers = standardTransfers.length;
// Iterate over each standard transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
_transfer(standardTransfers[i]);
// Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
++i;
}
}
// Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
// entirely corrupted from this point forward aside from the free memory
// pointer having the default value.
_performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.executeWithBatch1155.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
*
* @param channel The channel to open or close.
* @param isOpen The status of the channel (either open or closed).
*/
function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external override {
// Ensure that the caller is the controller of this contract.
if (msg.sender != _controller) {
revert InvalidController();
}
// Ensure that the channel does not already have the indicated status.
if (_channels[channel] == isOpen) {
revert ChannelStatusAlreadySet(channel, isOpen);
}
// Update the status of the channel.
_channels[channel] = isOpen;
// Emit a corresponding event.
emit ChannelUpdated(channel, isOpen);
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer a given ERC20/721/1155 item. Note that
* channels are expected to implement checks against transferring any
* zero-amount items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param item The ERC20/721/1155 item to transfer.
*/
function _transfer(ConduitTransfer calldata item) internal {
// Determine the transfer method based on the respective item type.
if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
// Transfer ERC20 token. Note that item.identifier is ignored and
// therefore ERC20 transfer items are potentially malleable — this
// check should be performed by the calling channel if a constraint
// on item malleability is desired.
_performERC20Transfer(item.token, item.from, item.to, item.amount);
} else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
// Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
if (item.amount != 1) {
revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
}
// Transfer ERC721 token.
_performERC721Transfer(
item.token,
item.from,
item.to,
item.identifier
);
} else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC1155) {
// Transfer ERC1155 token.
_performERC1155Transfer(
item.token,
item.from,
item.to,
item.identifier,
item.amount
);
} else {
// Throw with an error.
revert InvalidItemType();
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
struct ConduitTransfer {
ConduitItemType itemType;
address token;
address from;
address to;
uint256 identifier;
uint256 amount;
}
struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
address token;
address from;
address to;
uint256[] ids;
uint256[] amounts;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import {
TransferHelperItem,
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient
} from "../helpers/TransferHelperStructs.sol";
interface TransferHelperInterface {
/**
* @notice Transfer multiple items to a single recipient.
*
* @param items The items to transfer.
* @param conduitKey The key of the conduit performing the bulk transfer.
*/
function bulkTransfer(
TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata items,
bytes32 conduitKey
) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/**
* @title TransferHelperErrors
*/
interface TransferHelperErrors {
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers with a
* NATIVE itemType.
*/
error InvalidItemType();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
* one is attempted.
*/
error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an ERC721 transfer
* to an invalid recipient.
*/
error InvalidERC721Recipient(address recipient);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a call to a ERC721 receiver reverts with
* bytes data.
*/
error ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertBytes(
bytes reason,
address receiver,
address sender,
uint256 identifier
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a call to a ERC721 receiver reverts with
* string reason.
*/
error ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertString(
string reason,
address receiver,
address sender,
uint256 identifier
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token has an invalid identifier.
*/
error InvalidERC20Identifier();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error if the recipient is the zero address.
*/
error RecipientCannotBeZeroAddress();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order referencing an
* invalid conduit (i.e. one that has not been deployed).
*/
error InvalidConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address conduit);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a call to a conduit reverts with a
* reason string.
*/
error ConduitErrorRevertString(
string reason,
bytes32 conduitKey,
address conduit
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a call to a conduit reverts with bytes
* data.
*/
error ConduitErrorRevertBytes(
bytes reason,
bytes32 conduitKey,
address conduit
);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
enum ConduitItemType {
NATIVE, // unused
ERC20,
ERC721,
ERC1155
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
import {
TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
* @title TokenTransferrer
* @author 0age
* @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
* @custom:coauthor transmissions11
* @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
* ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
* by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
* considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
* significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
* understood and carefully addressed.
*/
contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
* to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
* contract performing the transfer.
*
* @param token The ERC20 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param amount The amount to transfer.
*/
function _performERC20Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 amount
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
assembly {
// The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
// call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
// Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
// Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
// Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
// subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
// return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
// that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
// ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
let callStatus := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC20_transferFrom_length,
0,
OneWord
)
// Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
let success := and(
// Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
// either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
// had no return data.
or(
and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
iszero(returndatasize())
),
callStatus
)
// Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
// returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
// Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
// but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
// If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
// to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
// after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
// If the transfer failed:
if iszero(success) {
// If it was due to a revert:
if iszero(callStatus) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
// sufficient gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
// copy returndata while expanding memory where
// necessary. Start by computing the word size
// of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
// to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
// msize() to work around a Yul warning that
// prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
// pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(
returnDataWords,
msizeWords
),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(
returnDataWords,
returnDataWords
),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to
// gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
// enough gas is still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
// existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, specifying memory region with
// copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
token
)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
from
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
amount
)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
// Otherwise revert with a message about the token
// returning false or non-compliant return values.
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
token
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
from
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
to
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
amount
)
revert(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
)
}
// Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
// having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
// technically ERC20 compliant.
}
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
* not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
* does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
*
* @param token The ERC721 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
*/
function _performERC721Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
assembly {
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
// call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
// Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
// Perform the call, ignoring return data.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC721_transferFrom_length,
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
// gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
// by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
// Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
// directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
* implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
* are willing to accept the transfer.
*
* @param token The ERC1155 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param identifier The id to transfer.
* @param amount The amount to transfer.
*/
function _performERC1155Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier,
uint256 amount
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
assembly {
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
// for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
// Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
mstore(
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
mstore(
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
// Perform the call, ignoring return data.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
// gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
// by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
// Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
// directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
* implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
* are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
* memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
* memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
* This function should only be called once memory is no longer
* required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
* should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
* default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
*
* @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*/
function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
assembly {
let len := batchTransfers.length
// Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
// at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
// multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
// Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
// reference position each offset references. It's held static to
// let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
// Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
// safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
mstore(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
)
// Iterate over each batch transfer.
for {
let i := 0
} lt(i, len) {
i := add(i, 1)
} {
// Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
// it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
// the absolute position of the element in calldata.
let elementPtr := add(
arrayHeadPtr,
calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
)
// Retrieve the token from calldata.
let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// Get the total number of supplied ids.
let idsLength := calldataload(
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
)
// Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
mul(idsLength, OneWord)
)
// Validate struct encoding.
let invalidEncoding := iszero(
and(
// ids.length == amounts.length
eq(
idsLength,
calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
),
and(
// ids_offset == 0xa0
eq(
calldataload(
add(
elementPtr,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
)
),
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
),
// amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
eq(
calldataload(
add(
elementPtr,
ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
)
),
expectedAmountsOffset
)
)
)
)
// Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
if invalidEncoding {
mstore(
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
)
revert(
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
)
}
// Update the offset position for the next loop
nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
// Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
calldatacopy(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
)
// Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
// that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))
// Update the offset for the data array in memory.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
idsAndAmountsSize
)
)
// Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
mstore(
add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
idsAndAmountsSize
),
0
)
// Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
let transferDataSize := add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
idsAndAmountsSize
)
// Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
calldatacopy(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
idsAndAmountsSize
)
// Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
// sufficient gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
// Start by computing word size of returndata and
// allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
// msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
// The free memory pointer is not used here because
// this function does almost all memory management
// manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
// should be the largest memory value used (unless a
// previous batch was larger).
let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(
returnDataWords,
returnDataWords
),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert with memory region containing returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Set the error signature.
mstore(
0,
ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
// Write the token.
mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
// Increase the offset to ids by 32.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
)
// Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
add(
OneWord,
mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
)
)
// Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
// `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
revert(0, transferDataSize)
}
}
// Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
// be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
// Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
// arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
// error ChannelClosed(address channel)
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_signature = (
0x93daadf200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_channel_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_length = 0x24;
// For the mapping:
// mapping(address => bool) channels
// The position in storage for a particular account is:
// keccak256(abi.encode(account, channels.slot))
uint256 constant ChannelKey_channel_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_slot_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_length = 0x40;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/*
* -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
* - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
* but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
* offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
* is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
* the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
* https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
* - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
* head of the array.
*
* - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
* documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
* e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
* in an array.
*
* - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
* and never an offset relative to another value.
* - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
* - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
*
* - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
* to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
* offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
* the start of the body.
* - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
*
* - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
* Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
* codebase but have been left in for readability.
*/
uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
);
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;
// 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;
// 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;
// Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
// in the event of a revert
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
// Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/**
* @title TokenTransferrerErrors
*/
interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
* one is attempted.
*/
error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
* item has an amount of zero.
*/
error MissingItemAmount();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
* item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
* identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
* parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
* perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
* when desired.
*/
error UnusedItemParameters();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
* transfer reverts.
*
* @param token The token for which the transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted transfer.
* @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
* @param amount The amount for the attempted transfer.
*/
error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier,
uint256 amount
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
*
* @param token The token for which the transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted transfer.
* @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
* @param amounts The amounts for the attempted transfer.
*/
error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] identifiers,
uint256[] amounts
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
* value.
*
* @param token The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
* @param amount The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
*/
error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 amount
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
* contract does not have code and returns no data.
*
* @param account The account that should contain code.
*/
error NoContract(address account);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
* transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
* different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
*/
error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
}
File 2 of 7: PL
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @title: Panorama Landscapes by Godwits
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "./manifold/ERC1155Creator.sol";
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// //
// //
// ______ ______ __ __ ______ ______ ______ __ __ ______ //
// /\\ == /\\ __ \\/\\ "-.\\ \\/\\ __ \\/\\ == \\/\\ __ \\/\\ "-./ \\/\\ __ \\ //
// \\ \\ _-\\ \\ __ \\ \\ \\-. \\ \\ \\/\\ \\ \\ __<\\ \\ __ \\ \\ \\-./\\ \\ \\ __ \\ //
// \\ \\_\\ \\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\\\"\\_\\ \\_____\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ //
// \\/_/ \\/_/\\/_/\\/_/ \\/_/\\/_____/\\/_/ /_/\\/_/\\/_/\\/_/ \\/_/\\/_/\\/_/ //
// __ ______ __ __ _____ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ //
// /\\ \\ /\\ __ \\/\\ "-.\\ \\/\\ __-./\\ ___\\/\\ ___\\/\\ __ \\/\\ == /\\ ___\\/\\ ___\\ //
// \\ \\ \\___\\ \\ __ \\ \\ \\-. \\ \\ \\/\\ \\ \\___ \\ \\ \\___\\ \\ __ \\ \\ _-\\ \\ __\\\\ \\___ \\ //
// \\ \\_____\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\\\"\\_\\ \\____-\\/\\_____\\ \\_____\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\ \\_____\\/\\_____\\ //
// \\/_____/\\/_/\\/_/\\/_/ \\/_/\\/____/ \\/_____/\\/_____/\\/_/\\/_/\\/_/ \\/_____/\\/_____/ //
// ______ __ __ //
// /\\ == \\/\\ \\_\\ \\ //
// \\ \\ __<\\ \\____ \\ //
// \\ \\_____\\/\\_____\\ //
// \\/_____/\\/_____/ //
// ______ ______ _____ __ __ __ ______ ______ //
// /\\ ___\\/\\ __ \\/\\ __-./\\ \\ _ \\ \\/\\ \\/\\__ _/\\ ___\\ //
// \\ \\ \\__ \\ \\ \\/\\ \\ \\ \\/\\ \\ \\ \\/ ".\\ \\ \\ \\/_/\\ \\\\ \\___ \\ //
// \\ \\_____\\ \\_____\\ \\____-\\ \\__/".~\\_\\ \\_\\ \\ \\_\\\\/\\_____\\ //
// \\/_____/\\/_____/\\/____/ \\/_/ \\/_/\\/_/ \\/_/ \\/_____/ //
// //
// //
// //
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
contract PL is ERC1155Creator {
constructor() ERC1155Creator("Panorama Landscapes by Godwits", "PL") {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/Proxy.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/StorageSlot.sol";
contract ERC1155Creator is Proxy {
constructor(string memory name, string memory symbol) {
assert(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.implementation")) - 1));
StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = 0x6bf5ed59dE0E19999d264746843FF931c0133090;
Address.functionDelegateCall(
0x6bf5ed59dE0E19999d264746843FF931c0133090,
abi.encodeWithSignature("initialize(string,string)", name, symbol)
);
}
/**
* @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
* This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
* validated in the constructor.
*/
bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
/**
* @dev Returns the current implementation address.
*/
function implementation() public view returns (address) {
return _implementation();
}
function _implementation() internal override view returns (address) {
return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (proxy/Proxy.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
* instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
* be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
*
* Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
* different contract through the {_delegate} function.
*
* The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
*/
abstract contract Proxy {
/**
* @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
*
* This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
*/
function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
assembly {
// Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
// block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
// Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
// Call the implementation.
// out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
// Copy the returned data.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
switch result
// delegatecall returns 0 on error.
case 0 {
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
default {
return(0, returndatasize())
}
}
}
/**
* @dev This is a virtual function that should be overridden so it returns the address to which the fallback function
* and {_fallback} should delegate.
*/
function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
/**
* @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
*
* This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
*/
function _fallback() internal virtual {
_beforeFallback();
_delegate(_implementation());
}
/**
* @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
* function in the contract matches the call data.
*/
fallback() external payable virtual {
_fallback();
}
/**
* @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if call data
* is empty.
*/
receive() external payable virtual {
_fallback();
}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called before falling back to the implementation. Can happen as part of a manual `_fallback`
* call, or as part of the Solidity `fallback` or `receive` functions.
*
* If overridden should call `super._beforeFallback()`.
*/
function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
* @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
*/
library Address {
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
* false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
*
* Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
* types of addresses:
*
* - an externally-owned account
* - a contract in construction
* - an address where a contract will be created
* - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
* ====
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
*
* Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
* like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
* constructor.
* ====
*/
function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
// This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
// for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
// of the constructor execution.
return account.code.length > 0;
}
/**
* @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
* `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
*
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
* of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
* imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
* `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
*
* https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
*
* IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
* taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
* {ReentrancyGuard} or the
* https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
*/
function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
(bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
}
/**
* @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
* plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
* function instead.
*
* If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
* function (like regular Solidity function calls).
*
* Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
* use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `target` must be a contract.
* - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
* `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
* - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
* with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a delegate call.
*
* _Available since v3.4._
*/
function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a delegate call.
*
* _Available since v3.4._
*/
function functionDelegateCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
* the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
*
* _Available since v4.8._
*/
function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
address target,
bool success,
bytes memory returndata,
string memory errorMessage
) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
if (success) {
if (returndata.length == 0) {
// only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
// otherwise we already know that it was a contract
require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
}
return returndata;
} else {
_revert(returndata, errorMessage);
}
}
/**
* @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
* revert reason or using the provided one.
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function verifyCallResult(
bool success,
bytes memory returndata,
string memory errorMessage
) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
if (success) {
return returndata;
} else {
_revert(returndata, errorMessage);
}
}
function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
// Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
if (returndata.length > 0) {
// The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
}
} else {
revert(errorMessage);
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
*
* Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
* This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
*
* The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
*
* Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
* ```
* contract ERC1967 {
* bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
*
* function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
* return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
* }
*
* function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
* require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
* StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
* }
* }
* ```
*
* _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
*/
library StorageSlot {
struct AddressSlot {
address value;
}
struct BooleanSlot {
bool value;
}
struct Bytes32Slot {
bytes32 value;
}
struct Uint256Slot {
uint256 value;
}
/**
* @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
*/
function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
r.slot := slot
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
*/
function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
r.slot := slot
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
*/
function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
r.slot := slot
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
*/
function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
r.slot := slot
}
}
}
File 3 of 7: MetaAngelsAdobeAir
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.12;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol";
error AlreadyClaimedEror();
error InvalidProof();
error MintNotEnabled();
/**
* @title Meta Angels Specials Contract
* @author Gabriel Cebrian (https://twitter.com/gabceb)
* @notice This contract handles the distribution of Meta Angels Special Airdrops ERC1155 tokens.
*/
contract MetaAngelsAdobeAir is ERC1155Supply, Pausable, Ownable {
using Strings for uint256;
using ECDSA for bytes32;
mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => bool)) public claimedPerToken;
mapping(uint256 => string) private tokenUris;
uint256 public mintToken;
bool public mintEnabled;
// Used to validate authorized mint addresses
address private signerAddress = 0x290Df62917EAb5b06E3c04a583E2250A0B46d55f;
constructor() ERC1155("") {}
function uri(uint256 tokenId)
public
view
virtual
override
returns (string memory)
{
return tokenUris[tokenId];
}
/**
* Update the base token URI
*/
function setTokenUri(uint256 tokenId, string calldata _newTokenUri)
external
onlyOwner
{
tokenUris[tokenId] = _newTokenUri;
}
/**
* Update the base token URI
*/
function setMintEnabled(bool _mintEnabled) external onlyOwner {
mintEnabled = _mintEnabled;
}
/**
* Update the signer address
*/
function setSignerAddress(address _signerAddress) external onlyOwner {
require(_signerAddress != address(0));
signerAddress = _signerAddress;
}
/**
* Prepare new mint
*/
function prepareTokenMint(
uint256 tokenId,
string calldata _newTokenUri,
bool setAsActiveMint
) external onlyOwner {
tokenUris[tokenId] = _newTokenUri;
if (setAsActiveMint) {
mintToken = tokenId;
}
}
function verifyAddressSigner(bytes32 messageHash, bytes memory signature)
private
view
returns (bool)
{
return
signerAddress ==
messageHash.toEthSignedMessageHash().recover(signature);
}
function mint(bytes32 messageHash, bytes calldata signature, uint256 tokenId)
external
payable
{
if (!mintEnabled || tokenId != mintToken) {
revert MintNotEnabled();
}
if (claimedPerToken[mintToken][msg.sender]) {
revert AlreadyClaimedEror();
}
if (
keccak256(abi.encode(msg.sender, tokenId)) != messageHash ||
!verifyAddressSigner(messageHash, signature)
) {
revert InvalidProof();
}
claimedPerToken[mintToken][msg.sender] = true;
_mint(msg.sender, mintToken, 1, "");
}
function adminMint(address[] calldata receivers, uint256 tokenId)
external
payable
onlyOwner
{
for (uint256 i = 0; i < receivers.length; i++) {
_mint(receivers[i], tokenId, 1, "");
}
}
function pause() public onlyOwner {
_pause();
}
function unpause() public onlyOwner {
_unpause();
}
function _beforeTokenTransfer(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal override whenNotPaused {
super._beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
}
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
public
view
virtual
override(ERC1155)
returns (bool)
{
return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
/**
* @notice Allow contract owner to withdraw funds to its own account.
*/
function withdraw() external onlyOwner {
payable(owner()).transfer(address(this).balance);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../ERC1155.sol";
/**
* @dev Extension of ERC1155 that adds tracking of total supply per id.
*
* Useful for scenarios where Fungible and Non-fungible tokens have to be
* clearly identified. Note: While a totalSupply of 1 might mean the
* corresponding is an NFT, there is no guarantees that no other token with the
* same id are not going to be minted.
*/
abstract contract ERC1155Supply is ERC1155 {
mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _totalSupply;
/**
* @dev Total amount of tokens in with a given id.
*/
function totalSupply(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
return _totalSupply[id];
}
/**
* @dev Indicates whether any token exist with a given id, or not.
*/
function exists(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (bool) {
return ERC1155Supply.totalSupply(id) > 0;
}
/**
* @dev See {ERC1155-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
*/
function _beforeTokenTransfer(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual override {
super._beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
if (from == address(0)) {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
_totalSupply[ids[i]] += amounts[i];
}
}
if (to == address(0)) {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
uint256 id = ids[i];
uint256 amount = amounts[i];
uint256 supply = _totalSupply[id];
require(supply >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds totalSupply");
unchecked {
_totalSupply[id] = supply - amount;
}
}
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
/**
* @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
* behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
* external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
* function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
*
* The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
* reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
* case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
*
* For example:
*
* [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
* ```
* contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
* function initialize() initializer public {
* __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
* }
* }
* contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
* function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
* __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
* }
* }
* ```
*
* TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
* possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
*
* CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
* that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
*
* [CAUTION]
* ====
* Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
*
* An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
* contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
* the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
*
* [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
* ```
* /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
* constructor() {
* _disableInitializers();
* }
* ```
* ====
*/
abstract contract Initializable {
/**
* @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
* @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
*/
uint8 private _initialized;
/**
* @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
*/
bool private _initializing;
/**
* @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
*/
event Initialized(uint8 version);
/**
* @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
* `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts. Equivalent to `reinitializer(1)`.
*/
modifier initializer() {
bool isTopLevelCall = _setInitializedVersion(1);
if (isTopLevelCall) {
_initializing = true;
}
_;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
_initializing = false;
emit Initialized(1);
}
}
/**
* @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
* contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
* used to initialize parent contracts.
*
* `initializer` is equivalent to `reinitializer(1)`, so a reinitializer may be used after the original
* initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that are added through upgrades and that require
* initialization.
*
* Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
* a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
*/
modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
bool isTopLevelCall = _setInitializedVersion(version);
if (isTopLevelCall) {
_initializing = true;
}
_;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
_initializing = false;
emit Initialized(version);
}
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
* {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
*/
modifier onlyInitializing() {
require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
_;
}
/**
* @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
* Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
* to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
* through proxies.
*/
function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
_setInitializedVersion(type(uint8).max);
}
function _setInitializedVersion(uint8 version) private returns (bool) {
// If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
// inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, and for the lowest level
// of initializers, because in other contexts the contract may have been reentered.
if (_initializing) {
require(
version == 1 && !Address.isContract(address(this)),
"Initializable: contract is already initialized"
);
return false;
} else {
require(_initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
_initialized = version;
return true;
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../Strings.sol";
/**
* @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
*
* These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
* of the private keys of a given address.
*/
library ECDSA {
enum RecoverError {
NoError,
InvalidSignature,
InvalidSignatureLength,
InvalidSignatureS,
InvalidSignatureV
}
function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
return; // no error: do nothing
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
} else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV) {
revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 'v' value");
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
* `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
*
* The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
* this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
* half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
*
* IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
* verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
* recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
* this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
* be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
*
* Documentation for signature generation:
* - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
* - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
// Check the signature length
// - case 65: r,s,v signature (standard)
// - case 64: r,vs signature (cf https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098) _Available since v4.1._
if (signature.length == 65) {
bytes32 r;
bytes32 s;
uint8 v;
// ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
// currently is to use assembly.
assembly {
r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
}
return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
} else if (signature.length == 64) {
bytes32 r;
bytes32 vs;
// ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
// currently is to use assembly.
assembly {
r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
vs := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
}
return tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
} else {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
* `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
*
* The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
* this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
* half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
*
* IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
* verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
* recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
* this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
* be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
*/
function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
*
* See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(
bytes32 hash,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 vs
) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
*
* _Available since v4.2._
*/
function recover(
bytes32 hash,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 vs
) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
* `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function tryRecover(
bytes32 hash,
uint8 v,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 s
) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
// EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
// unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
// the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
// signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
//
// If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
// with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
// vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
// these malleable signatures as well.
if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
}
if (v != 27 && v != 28) {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureV);
}
// If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
if (signer == address(0)) {
return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
}
return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
}
/**
* @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
* `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
*/
function recover(
bytes32 hash,
uint8 v,
bytes32 r,
bytes32 s
) internal pure returns (address) {
(address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
_throwError(error);
return recovered;
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
* produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
* https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
// 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
// enforced by the type signature above
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
32", hash));
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
* produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
* https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
", Strings.toString(s.length), s));
}
/**
* @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
* `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
* to the one signed with the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
* JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
*
* See {recover}.
*/
function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19\\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/Context.sol";
import "../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
* control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
* members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
* applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
* {AccessControlEnumerable}.
*
* Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
* in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
* using `public constant` hash digests:
*
* ```
* bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
* ```
*
* Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
* function call, use {hasRole}:
*
* ```
* function foo() public {
* require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
* ...
* }
* ```
*
* Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
* {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
* accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
*
* By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
* that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
* roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
* {_setRoleAdmin}.
*
* WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
* grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
* accounts that have been granted it.
*/
abstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {
struct RoleData {
mapping(address => bool) members;
bytes32 adminRole;
}
mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
/**
* @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
* with a standardized message including the required role.
*
* The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
*
* /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
*
* _Available since v4.1._
*/
modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
_checkRole(role);
_;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
/**
* @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
*/
function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return _roles[role].members[account];
}
/**
* @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
* Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
*
* Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
*
* _Available since v4.6._
*/
function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
_checkRole(role, _msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
*
* The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
*
* /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
*/
function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
revert(
string(
abi.encodePacked(
"AccessControl: account ",
Strings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
" is missing role ",
Strings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
)
)
);
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
* {revokeRole}.
*
* To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
*/
function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
return _roles[role].adminRole;
}
/**
* @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
*
* If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
* event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
*/
function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
_grantRole(role, account);
}
/**
* @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
*
* If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
*/
function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
_revokeRole(role, account);
}
/**
* @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
*
* Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
* purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
* if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
*
* If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
* event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the caller must be `account`.
*/
function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
_revokeRole(role, account);
}
/**
* @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
*
* If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
* event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
* checks on the calling account.
*
* [WARNING]
* ====
* This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
* up the initial roles for the system.
*
* Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
* system imposed by {AccessControl}.
* ====
*
* NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
*/
function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
_grantRole(role, account);
}
/**
* @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
*
* Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
*/
function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
_roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
}
/**
* @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
*
* Internal function without access restriction.
*/
function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
_roles[role].members[account] = true;
emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
}
}
/**
* @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
*
* Internal function without access restriction.
*/
function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
if (hasRole(role, account)) {
_roles[role].members[account] = false;
emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
* there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
* specific functions.
*
* By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
* can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
* `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
* the owner.
*/
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
address private _owner;
event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
*/
constructor() {
_transferOwnership(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
*/
function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
return _owner;
}
/**
* @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
*/
modifier onlyOwner() {
require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
_;
}
/**
* @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
* `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
*
* NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
* thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
*/
function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
_transferOwnership(address(0));
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Can only be called by the current owner.
*/
function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
_transferOwnership(newOwner);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Internal function without access restriction.
*/
function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
address oldOwner = _owner;
_owner = newOwner;
emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev String operations.
*/
library Strings {
bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
*/
function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
// Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
// https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
if (value == 0) {
return "0";
}
uint256 temp = value;
uint256 digits;
while (temp != 0) {
digits++;
temp /= 10;
}
bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
while (value != 0) {
digits -= 1;
buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
value /= 10;
}
return string(buffer);
}
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
*/
function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
if (value == 0) {
return "0x00";
}
uint256 temp = value;
uint256 length = 0;
while (temp != 0) {
length++;
temp >>= 8;
}
return toHexString(value, length);
}
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
*/
function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
buffer[0] = "0";
buffer[1] = "x";
for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
value >>= 4;
}
require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
return string(buffer);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/Pausable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
* mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
* modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
* the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
* simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
*/
abstract contract Pausable is Context {
/**
* @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
*/
event Paused(address account);
/**
* @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
*/
event Unpaused(address account);
bool private _paused;
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
*/
constructor() {
_paused = false;
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
*/
function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
return _paused;
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must not be paused.
*/
modifier whenNotPaused() {
require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
_;
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must be paused.
*/
modifier whenPaused() {
require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
_;
}
/**
* @dev Triggers stopped state.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must not be paused.
*/
function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
_paused = true;
emit Paused(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Returns to normal state.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - The contract must be paused.
*/
function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
_paused = false;
emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Trees proofs.
*
* The proofs can be generated using the JavaScript library
* https://github.com/miguelmota/merkletreejs[merkletreejs].
* Note: the hashing algorithm should be keccak256 and pair sorting should be enabled.
*
* See `test/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.test.js` for some examples.
*
* WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
* hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
* This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
* the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
*/
library MerkleProof {
/**
* @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
* defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
* sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
* pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
*/
function verify(
bytes32[] memory proof,
bytes32 root,
bytes32 leaf
) internal pure returns (bool) {
return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
* from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
* hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
* of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
*
* _Available since v4.4._
*/
function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
bytes32 proofElement = proof[i];
if (computedHash <= proofElement) {
// Hash(current computed hash + current element of the proof)
computedHash = _efficientHash(computedHash, proofElement);
} else {
// Hash(current element of the proof + current computed hash)
computedHash = _efficientHash(proofElement, computedHash);
}
}
return computedHash;
}
function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
assembly {
mstore(0x00, a)
mstore(0x20, b)
value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC1155/ERC1155.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC1155.sol";
import "./IERC1155Receiver.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Implementation of the basic standard multi-token.
* See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155
* Originally based on code by Enjin: https://github.com/enjin/erc-1155
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
contract ERC1155 is Context, ERC165, IERC1155, IERC1155MetadataURI {
using Address for address;
// Mapping from token ID to account balances
mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => uint256)) private _balances;
// Mapping from account to operator approvals
mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
// Used as the URI for all token types by relying on ID substitution, e.g. https://token-cdn-domain/{id}.json
string private _uri;
/**
* @dev See {_setURI}.
*/
constructor(string memory uri_) {
_setURI(uri_);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
return
interfaceId == type(IERC1155).interfaceId ||
interfaceId == type(IERC1155MetadataURI).interfaceId ||
super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
*
* This implementation returns the same URI for *all* token types. It relies
* on the token type ID substitution mechanism
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
*
* Clients calling this function must replace the `\\{id\\}` substring with the
* actual token type ID.
*/
function uri(uint256) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return _uri;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOf}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `account` cannot be the zero address.
*/
function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
require(account != address(0), "ERC1155: balance query for the zero address");
return _balances[id][account];
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOfBatch}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
*/
function balanceOfBatch(address[] memory accounts, uint256[] memory ids)
public
view
virtual
override
returns (uint256[] memory)
{
require(accounts.length == ids.length, "ERC1155: accounts and ids length mismatch");
uint256[] memory batchBalances = new uint256[](accounts.length);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < accounts.length; ++i) {
batchBalances[i] = balanceOf(accounts[i], ids[i]);
}
return batchBalances;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-setApprovalForAll}.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
_setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-isApprovedForAll}.
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return _operatorApprovals[account][operator];
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-safeTransferFrom}.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) public virtual override {
require(
from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()),
"ERC1155: caller is not owner nor approved"
);
_safeTransferFrom(from, to, id, amount, data);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-safeBatchTransferFrom}.
*/
function safeBatchTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) public virtual override {
require(
from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()),
"ERC1155: transfer caller is not owner nor approved"
);
_safeBatchTransferFrom(from, to, ids, amounts, data);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
*
* Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
_balances[id][to] += amount;
emit TransferSingle(operator, from, to, id, amount);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, id, amount, data);
}
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_safeTransferFrom}.
*
* Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _safeBatchTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
uint256 id = ids[i];
uint256 amount = amounts[i];
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
_balances[id][to] += amount;
}
emit TransferBatch(operator, from, to, ids, amounts);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
}
/**
* @dev Sets a new URI for all token types, by relying on the token type ID
* substitution mechanism
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
*
* By this mechanism, any occurrence of the `\\{id\\}` substring in either the
* URI or any of the amounts in the JSON file at said URI will be replaced by
* clients with the token type ID.
*
* For example, the `https://token-cdn-domain/\\{id\\}.json` URI would be
* interpreted by clients as
* `https://token-cdn-domain/000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004cce0.json`
* for token type ID 0x4cce0.
*
* See {uri}.
*
* Because these URIs cannot be meaningfully represented by the {URI} event,
* this function emits no events.
*/
function _setURI(string memory newuri) internal virtual {
_uri = newuri;
}
/**
* @dev Creates `amount` tokens of token type `id`, and assigns them to `to`.
*
* Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _mint(
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
_balances[id][to] += amount;
emit TransferSingle(operator, address(0), to, id, amount);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, id, amount, data);
}
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_mint}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _mintBatch(
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address");
require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");
address operator = _msgSender();
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
_balances[ids[i]][to] += amounts[i];
}
emit TransferBatch(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
}
/**
* @dev Destroys `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from`
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `from` must have at least `amount` tokens of token type `id`.
*/
function _burn(
address from,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount
) internal virtual {
require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
emit TransferSingle(operator, from, address(0), id, amount);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
}
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_burn}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
*/
function _burnBatch(
address from,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts
) internal virtual {
require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address");
require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");
address operator = _msgSender();
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
uint256 id = ids[i];
uint256 amount = amounts[i];
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
}
emit TransferBatch(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
}
/**
* @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
*
* Emits a {ApprovalForAll} event.
*/
function _setApprovalForAll(
address owner,
address operator,
bool approved
) internal virtual {
require(owner != operator, "ERC1155: setting approval status for self");
_operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
* and burning, as well as batched variants.
*
* The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single
* transfers, the length of the `id` and `amount` arrays will be 1.
*
* Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair):
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
* of token type `id` will be transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted
* for `to`.
* - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id`
* will be burned.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
* - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length.
*
* To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
*/
function _beforeTokenTransfer(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting
* and burning, as well as batched variants.
*
* The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single
* transfers, the length of the `id` and `amount` arrays will be 1.
*
* Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair):
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
* of token type `id` will be transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted
* for `to`.
* - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id`
* will be burned.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
* - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length.
*
* To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
*/
function _afterTokenTransfer(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {}
function _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) private {
if (to.isContract()) {
try IERC1155Receiver(to).onERC1155Received(operator, from, id, amount, data) returns (bytes4 response) {
if (response != IERC1155Receiver.onERC1155Received.selector) {
revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens");
}
} catch Error(string memory reason) {
revert(reason);
} catch {
revert("ERC1155: transfer to non ERC1155Receiver implementer");
}
}
}
function _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) private {
if (to.isContract()) {
try IERC1155Receiver(to).onERC1155BatchReceived(operator, from, ids, amounts, data) returns (
bytes4 response
) {
if (response != IERC1155Receiver.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector) {
revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens");
}
} catch Error(string memory reason) {
revert(reason);
} catch {
revert("ERC1155: transfer to non ERC1155Receiver implementer");
}
}
}
function _asSingletonArray(uint256 element) private pure returns (uint256[] memory) {
uint256[] memory array = new uint256[](1);
array[0] = element;
return array;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
interface IERC1155 is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
*/
event TransferSingle(address indexed operator, address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 id, uint256 value);
/**
* @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
* transfers.
*/
event TransferBatch(
address indexed operator,
address indexed from,
address indexed to,
uint256[] ids,
uint256[] values
);
/**
* @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
* `approved`.
*/
event ApprovalForAll(address indexed account, address indexed operator, bool approved);
/**
* @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
*
* If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
* returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
*/
event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
/**
* @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `account` cannot be the zero address.
*/
function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) external view returns (uint256);
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
*/
function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids)
external
view
returns (uint256[] memory);
/**
* @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
*
* Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `operator` cannot be the caller.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
/**
* @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
*
* See {setApprovalForAll}.
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) external view returns (bool);
/**
* @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
*
* Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
* - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes calldata data
) external;
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
*
* Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function safeBatchTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256[] calldata ids,
uint256[] calldata amounts,
bytes calldata data
) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev _Available since v3.1._
*/
interface IERC1155Receiver is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
* called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
*
* NOTE: To accept the transfer, this must return
* `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
* (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
*
* @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
* @param from The address which previously owned the token
* @param id The ID of the token being transferred
* @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
* @param data Additional data with no specified format
* @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
*/
function onERC1155Received(
address operator,
address from,
uint256 id,
uint256 value,
bytes calldata data
) external returns (bytes4);
/**
* @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
* is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
* been updated.
*
* NOTE: To accept the transfer(s), this must return
* `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
* (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
*
* @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
* @param from The address which previously owned the token
* @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
* @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
* @param data Additional data with no specified format
* @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
*/
function onERC1155BatchReceived(
address operator,
address from,
uint256[] calldata ids,
uint256[] calldata values,
bytes calldata data
) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC1155/extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC1155.sol";
/**
* @dev Interface of the optional ERC1155MetadataExtension interface, as defined
* in the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[EIP].
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
interface IERC1155MetadataURI is IERC1155 {
/**
* @dev Returns the URI for token type `id`.
*
* If the `\\{id\\}` substring is present in the URI, it must be replaced by
* clients with the actual token type ID.
*/
function uri(uint256 id) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
* @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
*/
library Address {
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
* false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
*
* Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
* types of addresses:
*
* - an externally-owned account
* - a contract in construction
* - an address where a contract will be created
* - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
* ====
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
*
* Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
* like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
* constructor.
* ====
*/
function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
// This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
// for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
// of the constructor execution.
return account.code.length > 0;
}
/**
* @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
* `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
*
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
* of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
* imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
* `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
*
* https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
*
* IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
* taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
* {ReentrancyGuard} or the
* https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
*/
function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
(bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
}
/**
* @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
* plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
* function instead.
*
* If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
* function (like regular Solidity function calls).
*
* Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
* use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `target` must be a contract.
* - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
* `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
* - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
* with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a delegate call.
*
* _Available since v3.4._
*/
function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a delegate call.
*
* _Available since v3.4._
*/
function functionDelegateCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
* revert reason using the provided one.
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function verifyCallResult(
bool success,
bytes memory returndata,
string memory errorMessage
) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
if (success) {
return returndata;
} else {
// Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
if (returndata.length > 0) {
// The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
assembly {
let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
}
} else {
revert(errorMessage);
}
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
* sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
* via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
* manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
* paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
* is concerned).
*
* This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
*/
abstract contract Context {
function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
return msg.sender;
}
function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
return msg.data;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
*
* Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
* for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
*
* ```solidity
* function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
* return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
* }
* ```
*
* Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
*/
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
*
* Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
* queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
*
* For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
*/
interface IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
* to learn more about how these ids are created.
*
* This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
*/
interface IAccessControl {
/**
* @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
*
* `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
* {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
/**
* @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
*
* `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
* bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
*/
event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
/**
* @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
*
* `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
* - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
* - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
*/
event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
/**
* @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
*/
function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
/**
* @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
* {revokeRole}.
*
* To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
*/
function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
/**
* @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
*
* If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
* event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
*/
function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
/**
* @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
*
* If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
*/
function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
/**
* @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
*
* Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
* purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
* if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
*
* If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
* event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the caller must be `account`.
*/
function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
File 4 of 7: Conduit
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import { ConduitItemType } from "./lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
ConduitTransfer,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "./lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import "./lib/ConduitConstants.sol";
/**
* @title Conduit
* @author 0age
* @notice This contract serves as an originator for "proxied" transfers. Each
* conduit is deployed and controlled by a "conduit controller" that can
* add and remove "channels" or contracts that can instruct the conduit
* to transfer approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens. *IMPORTANT NOTE: each
* conduit has an owner that can arbitrarily add or remove channels, and
* a malicious or negligent owner can add a channel that allows for any
* approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens to be taken immediately — be extremely
* cautious with what conduits you give token approvals to!*
*/
contract Conduit is ConduitInterface, TokenTransferrer {
// Set deployer as an immutable controller that can update channel statuses.
address private immutable _controller;
// Track the status of each channel.
mapping(address => bool) private _channels;
/**
* @notice Ensure that the caller is currently registered as an open channel
* on the conduit.
*/
modifier onlyOpenChannel() {
// Utilize assembly to access channel storage mapping directly.
assembly {
// Write the caller to scratch space.
mstore(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, caller())
// Write the storage slot for _channels to scratch space.
mstore(ChannelKey_slot_ptr, _channels.slot)
// Derive the position in storage of _channels[msg.sender]
// and check if the stored value is zero.
if iszero(
sload(keccak256(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, ChannelKey_length))
) {
// The caller is not an open channel; revert with
// ChannelClosed(caller). First, set error signature in memory.
mstore(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_signature)
// Next, set the caller as the argument.
mstore(ChannelClosed_channel_ptr, caller())
// Finally, revert, returning full custom error with argument.
revert(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_length)
}
}
// Continue with function execution.
_;
}
/**
* @notice In the constructor, set the deployer as the controller.
*/
constructor() {
// Set the deployer as the controller.
_controller = msg.sender;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
external
override
onlyOpenChannel
returns (bytes4 magicValue)
{
// Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
uint256 totalStandardTransfers = transfers.length;
// Iterate over each transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
_transfer(transfers[i]);
// Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
++i;
}
}
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.execute.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeBatch1155(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
// Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
// entirely corrupted from this point forward.
_performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.executeBatch1155.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single ERC20/721/1155 item
* transfers as well as batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
* are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
* that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
* multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
* expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
* items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 item transfers to perform.
* @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeWithBatch1155(
ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
// Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
uint256 totalStandardTransfers = standardTransfers.length;
// Iterate over each standard transfer.
for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
// Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
_transfer(standardTransfers[i]);
// Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
unchecked {
++i;
}
}
// Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
// entirely corrupted from this point forward aside from the free memory
// pointer having the default value.
_performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
// Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
magicValue = this.executeWithBatch1155.selector;
}
/**
* @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
*
* @param channel The channel to open or close.
* @param isOpen The status of the channel (either open or closed).
*/
function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external override {
// Ensure that the caller is the controller of this contract.
if (msg.sender != _controller) {
revert InvalidController();
}
// Ensure that the channel does not already have the indicated status.
if (_channels[channel] == isOpen) {
revert ChannelStatusAlreadySet(channel, isOpen);
}
// Update the status of the channel.
_channels[channel] = isOpen;
// Emit a corresponding event.
emit ChannelUpdated(channel, isOpen);
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer a given ERC20/721/1155 item. Note that
* channels are expected to implement checks against transferring any
* zero-amount items if that constraint is desired.
*
* @param item The ERC20/721/1155 item to transfer.
*/
function _transfer(ConduitTransfer calldata item) internal {
// Determine the transfer method based on the respective item type.
if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
// Transfer ERC20 token. Note that item.identifier is ignored and
// therefore ERC20 transfer items are potentially malleable — this
// check should be performed by the calling channel if a constraint
// on item malleability is desired.
_performERC20Transfer(item.token, item.from, item.to, item.amount);
} else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
// Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
if (item.amount != 1) {
revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
}
// Transfer ERC721 token.
_performERC721Transfer(
item.token,
item.from,
item.to,
item.identifier
);
} else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC1155) {
// Transfer ERC1155 token.
_performERC1155Transfer(
item.token,
item.from,
item.to,
item.identifier,
item.amount
);
} else {
// Throw with an error.
revert InvalidItemType();
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
ConduitTransfer,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
* @title ConduitInterface
* @author 0age
* @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
* and errors for conduit contracts.
*/
interface ConduitInterface {
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
* caller that does not have an open channel.
*/
error ChannelClosed(address channel);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
* current status of that channel.
*/
error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
* item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
*/
error InvalidItemType();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
* channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
*/
error InvalidController();
/**
* @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
*
* @param channel The channel that has been updated.
* @param open A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
*/
event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
* with an open channel can call this function.
*
* @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
external
returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
* open channel can call this function.
*
* @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeBatch1155(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
* a caller with an open channel can call this function.
*
* @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
* @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*
* @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
* performed successfully.
*/
function executeWithBatch1155(
ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
/**
* @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
*
* @param channel The channel to open or close.
* @param isOpen The status of the channel (either open or closed).
*/
function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
enum ConduitItemType {
NATIVE, // unused
ERC20,
ERC721,
ERC1155
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
* @title TokenTransferrer
* @author 0age
* @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
* @custom:coauthor transmissions11
* @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
* ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
* by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
* considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
* significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
* understood and carefully addressed.
*/
contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
* to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
* contract performing the transfer.
*
* @param token The ERC20 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param amount The amount to transfer.
*/
function _performERC20Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 amount
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
assembly {
// The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
// call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
// Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
// Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
// Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
// subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
// return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
// that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
// ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
let callStatus := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC20_transferFrom_length,
0,
OneWord
)
// Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
let success := and(
// Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
// either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
// had no return data.
or(
and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
iszero(returndatasize())
),
callStatus
)
// Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
// returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
// Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
// but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
// If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
// to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
// after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
// If the transfer failed:
if iszero(success) {
// If it was due to a revert:
if iszero(callStatus) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
// sufficient gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
// copy returndata while expanding memory where
// necessary. Start by computing the word size
// of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
// to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
// msize() to work around a Yul warning that
// prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
// pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(
returnDataWords,
msizeWords
),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(
returnDataWords,
returnDataWords
),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to
// gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
// enough gas is still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
// existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, specifying memory region with
// copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
token
)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
from
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
amount
)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
// Otherwise revert with a message about the token
// returning false or non-compliant return values.
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
token
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
from
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
to
)
mstore(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
amount
)
revert(
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
)
}
// Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
// having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
// technically ERC20 compliant.
}
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
* not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
* does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
*
* @param token The ERC721 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
*/
function _performERC721Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
assembly {
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
// call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
// Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
// Perform the call, ignoring return data.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC721_transferFrom_length,
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
// gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
// by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
// Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
// directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
* implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
* are willing to accept the transfer.
*
* @param token The ERC1155 token to transfer.
* @param from The originator of the transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the transfer.
* @param identifier The id to transfer.
* @param amount The amount to transfer.
*/
function _performERC1155Transfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier,
uint256 amount
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
assembly {
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
// for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
// Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
mstore(
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
mstore(
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
)
mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
// Perform the call, ignoring return data.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
// gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
// by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
// Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
// directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
mstore(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
revert(
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
)
}
mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
// Restore the original free memory pointer.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
// Restore the zero slot to zero.
mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
}
}
/**
* @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
* originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
* the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
* implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
* are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
* memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
* memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
* This function should only be called once memory is no longer
* required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
* should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
* default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
*
* @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
*/
function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
) internal {
// Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
assembly {
let len := batchTransfers.length
// Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
// at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
// multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
// Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
// reference position each offset references. It's held static to
// let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
// Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
// safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
mstore(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
)
// Iterate over each batch transfer.
for {
let i := 0
} lt(i, len) {
i := add(i, 1)
} {
// Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
// it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
// the absolute position of the element in calldata.
let elementPtr := add(
arrayHeadPtr,
calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
)
// Retrieve the token from calldata.
let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
// If the token has no code, revert.
if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
}
// Get the total number of supplied ids.
let idsLength := calldataload(
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
)
// Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
mul(idsLength, OneWord)
)
// Validate struct encoding.
let invalidEncoding := iszero(
and(
// ids.length == amounts.length
eq(
idsLength,
calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
),
and(
// ids_offset == 0xa0
eq(
calldataload(
add(
elementPtr,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
)
),
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
),
// amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
eq(
calldataload(
add(
elementPtr,
ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
)
),
expectedAmountsOffset
)
)
)
)
// Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
if invalidEncoding {
mstore(
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
)
revert(
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
)
}
// Update the offset position for the next loop
nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
// Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
calldatacopy(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
)
// Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
// that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))
// Update the offset for the data array in memory.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
idsAndAmountsSize
)
)
// Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
mstore(
add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
idsAndAmountsSize
),
0
)
// Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
let transferDataSize := add(
BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
idsAndAmountsSize
)
// Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
calldatacopy(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
idsAndAmountsSize
)
// Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
let success := call(
gas(),
token,
0,
ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
0,
0
)
// If the transfer reverted:
if iszero(success) {
// If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
// sufficient gas remains to do so:
if returndatasize() {
// Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
// returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
// Start by computing word size of returndata and
// allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
let returnDataWords := div(
add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
OneWord
)
// Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
// work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
// msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
// The free memory pointer is not used here because
// this function does almost all memory management
// manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
// should be the largest memory value used (unless a
// previous batch was larger).
let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)
// Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
// Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
cost := add(
cost,
add(
mul(
sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
CostPerWord
),
div(
sub(
mul(
returnDataWords,
returnDataWords
),
mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
),
MemoryExpansionCoefficient
)
)
)
}
// Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
// remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
// still available.
if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
// Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
// Revert with memory region containing returndata.
revert(0, returndatasize())
}
}
// Set the error signature.
mstore(
0,
ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
)
// Write the token.
mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
// Increase the offset to ids by 32.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
)
// Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
mstore(
BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
add(
OneWord,
mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
)
)
// Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
// `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
revert(0, transferDataSize)
}
}
// Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
// be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
// Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
// arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
struct ConduitTransfer {
ConduitItemType itemType;
address token;
address from;
address to;
uint256 identifier;
uint256 amount;
}
struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
address token;
address from;
address to;
uint256[] ids;
uint256[] amounts;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// error ChannelClosed(address channel)
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_signature = (
0x93daadf200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_channel_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_length = 0x24;
// For the mapping:
// mapping(address => bool) channels
// The position in storage for a particular account is:
// keccak256(abi.encode(account, channels.slot))
uint256 constant ChannelKey_channel_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_slot_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_length = 0x40;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/*
* -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
* - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
* but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
* offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
* is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
* the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
* https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
* - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
* head of the array.
*
* - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
* documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
* e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
* in an array.
*
* - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
* and never an offset relative to another value.
* - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
* - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
*
* - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
* to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
* offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
* the start of the body.
* - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
*
* - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
* Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
* codebase but have been left in for readability.
*/
uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
);
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;
// 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
// "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;
// 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;
// Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
// in the event of a revert
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
// Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
* @title TokenTransferrerErrors
*/
interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
* one is attempted.
*/
error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
* item has an amount of zero.
*/
error MissingItemAmount();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
* item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
* identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
* parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
* perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
* when desired.
*/
error UnusedItemParameters();
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
* transfer reverts.
*
* @param token The token for which the transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted transfer.
* @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
* @param amount The amount for the attempted transfer.
*/
error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 identifier,
uint256 amount
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
*
* @param token The token for which the transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted transfer.
* @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
* @param amounts The amounts for the attempted transfer.
*/
error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] identifiers,
uint256[] amounts
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
* value.
*
* @param token The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
* @param from The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
* @param to The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
* @param amount The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
*/
error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
address token,
address from,
address to,
uint256 amount
);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
* contract does not have code and returns no data.
*
* @param account The account that should contain code.
*/
error NoContract(address account);
/**
* @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
* transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
* different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
*/
error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
}
File 5 of 7: ERC1155CreatorImplementation
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC1155/ERC1155Upgradeable.sol";
import "@manifoldxyz/libraries-solidity/contracts/access/AdminControlUpgradeable.sol";
import "./core/ERC1155CreatorCore.sol";
/**
* @dev ERC1155Creator implementation
*/
contract ERC1155CreatorImplementation is AdminControlUpgradeable, ERC1155Upgradeable, ERC1155CreatorCore {
mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _totalSupply;
/**
* Initializer
*/
function initialize(string memory _name, string memory _symbol) public initializer {
__ERC1155_init("");
__Ownable_init();
name = _name;
symbol = _symbol;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC1155Upgradeable, ERC1155CreatorCore, AdminControlUpgradeable) returns (bool) {
return ERC1155CreatorCore.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || ERC1155Upgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || AdminControlUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
function _beforeTokenTransfer(address, address from, address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts, bytes memory) internal virtual override {
_approveTransfer(from, to, ids, amounts);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-registerExtension}.
*/
function registerExtension(address extension, string calldata baseURI) external override adminRequired {
requireNonBlacklist(extension);
_registerExtension(extension, baseURI, false);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-registerExtension}.
*/
function registerExtension(address extension, string calldata baseURI, bool baseURIIdentical) external override adminRequired {
requireNonBlacklist(extension);
_registerExtension(extension, baseURI, baseURIIdentical);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-unregisterExtension}.
*/
function unregisterExtension(address extension) external override adminRequired {
_unregisterExtension(extension);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-blacklistExtension}.
*/
function blacklistExtension(address extension) external override adminRequired {
_blacklistExtension(extension);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setBaseTokenURIExtension}.
*/
function setBaseTokenURIExtension(string calldata uri_) external override {
requireExtension();
_setBaseTokenURIExtension(uri_, false);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setBaseTokenURIExtension}.
*/
function setBaseTokenURIExtension(string calldata uri_, bool identical) external override {
requireExtension();
_setBaseTokenURIExtension(uri_, identical);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURIPrefixExtension}.
*/
function setTokenURIPrefixExtension(string calldata prefix) external override {
requireExtension();
_setTokenURIPrefixExtension(prefix);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURIExtension}.
*/
function setTokenURIExtension(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri_) external override {
requireExtension();
_setTokenURIExtension(tokenId, uri_);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURIExtension}.
*/
function setTokenURIExtension(uint256[] memory tokenIds, string[] calldata uris) external override {
requireExtension();
require(tokenIds.length == uris.length, "Invalid input");
for (uint i; i < tokenIds.length;) {
_setTokenURIExtension(tokenIds[i], uris[i]);
unchecked { ++i; }
}
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setBaseTokenURI}.
*/
function setBaseTokenURI(string calldata uri_) external override adminRequired {
_setBaseTokenURI(uri_);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURIPrefix}.
*/
function setTokenURIPrefix(string calldata prefix) external override adminRequired {
_setTokenURIPrefix(prefix);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURI}.
*/
function setTokenURI(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri_) external override adminRequired {
_setTokenURI(tokenId, uri_);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setTokenURI}.
*/
function setTokenURI(uint256[] memory tokenIds, string[] calldata uris) external override adminRequired {
require(tokenIds.length == uris.length, "Invalid input");
for (uint i; i < tokenIds.length;) {
_setTokenURI(tokenIds[i], uris[i]);
unchecked { ++i; }
}
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setMintPermissions}.
*/
function setMintPermissions(address extension, address permissions) external override adminRequired {
_setMintPermissions(extension, permissions);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155CreatorCore-mintBaseNew}.
*/
function mintBaseNew(address[] calldata to, uint256[] calldata amounts, string[] calldata uris) public virtual override nonReentrant adminRequired returns(uint256[] memory) {
return _mintNew(address(0), to, amounts, uris);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155CreatorCore-mintBaseExisting}.
*/
function mintBaseExisting(address[] calldata to, uint256[] calldata tokenIds, uint256[] calldata amounts) public virtual override nonReentrant adminRequired {
for (uint i; i < tokenIds.length;) {
uint256 tokenId = tokenIds[i];
require(tokenId > 0 && tokenId <= _tokenCount, "Invalid token");
require(_tokensExtension[tokenId] == address(0), "Token created by extension");
unchecked { ++i; }
}
_mintExisting(address(0), to, tokenIds, amounts);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155CreatorCore-mintExtensionNew}.
*/
function mintExtensionNew(address[] calldata to, uint256[] calldata amounts, string[] calldata uris) public virtual override nonReentrant returns(uint256[] memory tokenIds) {
requireExtension();
return _mintNew(msg.sender, to, amounts, uris);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155CreatorCore-mintExtensionExisting}.
*/
function mintExtensionExisting(address[] calldata to, uint256[] calldata tokenIds, uint256[] calldata amounts) public virtual override nonReentrant {
requireExtension();
for (uint i; i < tokenIds.length;) {
require(_tokensExtension[tokenIds[i]] == address(msg.sender), "Token not created by this extension");
unchecked { ++i; }
}
_mintExisting(msg.sender, to, tokenIds, amounts);
}
/**
* @dev Mint new tokens
*/
function _mintNew(address extension, address[] memory to, uint256[] memory amounts, string[] memory uris) internal returns(uint256[] memory tokenIds) {
if (to.length > 1) {
// Multiple receiver. Give every receiver the same new token
tokenIds = new uint256[](1);
require(uris.length <= 1 && (amounts.length == 1 || to.length == amounts.length), "Invalid input");
} else {
// Single receiver. Generating multiple tokens
tokenIds = new uint256[](amounts.length);
require(uris.length == 0 || amounts.length == uris.length, "Invalid input");
}
// Assign tokenIds
for (uint i; i < tokenIds.length;) {
++_tokenCount;
tokenIds[i] = _tokenCount;
// Track the extension that minted the token
_tokensExtension[_tokenCount] = extension;
unchecked { ++i; }
}
if (extension != address(0)) {
_checkMintPermissions(to, tokenIds, amounts);
}
if (to.length == 1 && tokenIds.length == 1) {
// Single mint
_mint(to[0], tokenIds[0], amounts[0], new bytes(0));
} else if (to.length > 1) {
// Multiple receivers. Receiving the same token
if (amounts.length == 1) {
// Everyone receiving the same amount
for (uint i; i < to.length;) {
_mint(to[i], tokenIds[0], amounts[0], new bytes(0));
unchecked { ++i; }
}
} else {
// Everyone receiving different amounts
for (uint i; i < to.length;) {
_mint(to[i], tokenIds[0], amounts[i], new bytes(0));
unchecked { ++i; }
}
}
} else {
_mintBatch(to[0], tokenIds, amounts, new bytes(0));
}
for (uint i; i < tokenIds.length;) {
if (i < uris.length && bytes(uris[i]).length > 0) {
_tokenURIs[tokenIds[i]] = uris[i];
}
unchecked { ++i; }
}
}
/**
* @dev Mint existing tokens
*/
function _mintExisting(address extension, address[] memory to, uint256[] memory tokenIds, uint256[] memory amounts) internal {
if (extension != address(0)) {
_checkMintPermissions(to, tokenIds, amounts);
}
if (to.length == 1 && tokenIds.length == 1 && amounts.length == 1) {
// Single mint
_mint(to[0], tokenIds[0], amounts[0], new bytes(0));
} else if (to.length == 1 && tokenIds.length == amounts.length) {
// Batch mint to same receiver
_mintBatch(to[0], tokenIds, amounts, new bytes(0));
} else if (tokenIds.length == 1 && amounts.length == 1) {
// Mint of the same token/token amounts to various receivers
for (uint i; i < to.length;) {
_mint(to[i], tokenIds[0], amounts[0], new bytes(0));
unchecked { ++i; }
}
} else if (tokenIds.length == 1 && to.length == amounts.length) {
// Mint of the same token with different amounts to different receivers
for (uint i; i < to.length;) {
_mint(to[i], tokenIds[0], amounts[i], new bytes(0));
unchecked { ++i; }
}
} else if (to.length == tokenIds.length && to.length == amounts.length) {
// Mint of different tokens and different amounts to different receivers
for (uint i; i < to.length;) {
_mint(to[i], tokenIds[i], amounts[i], new bytes(0));
unchecked { ++i; }
}
} else {
revert("Invalid input");
}
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155CreatorCore-tokenExtension}.
*/
function tokenExtension(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
return _tokenExtension(tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155CreatorCore-burn}.
*/
function burn(address account, uint256[] memory tokenIds, uint256[] memory amounts) public virtual override nonReentrant {
require(account == msg.sender || isApprovedForAll(account, msg.sender), "Caller is not owner nor approved");
require(tokenIds.length == amounts.length, "Invalid input");
if (tokenIds.length == 1) {
_burn(account, tokenIds[0], amounts[0]);
} else {
_burnBatch(account, tokenIds, amounts);
}
_postBurn(account, tokenIds, amounts);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setRoyalties}.
*/
function setRoyalties(address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external override adminRequired {
_setRoyaltiesExtension(address(0), receivers, basisPoints);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setRoyalties}.
*/
function setRoyalties(uint256 tokenId, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external override adminRequired {
_setRoyalties(tokenId, receivers, basisPoints);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setRoyaltiesExtension}.
*/
function setRoyaltiesExtension(address extension, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external override adminRequired {
_setRoyaltiesExtension(extension, receivers, basisPoints);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-getRoyalties}.
*/
function getRoyalties(uint256 tokenId) external view virtual override returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory) {
return _getRoyalties(tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-getFees}.
*/
function getFees(uint256 tokenId) external view virtual override returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory) {
return _getRoyalties(tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-getFeeRecipients}.
*/
function getFeeRecipients(uint256 tokenId) external view virtual override returns (address payable[] memory) {
return _getRoyaltyReceivers(tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-getFeeBps}.
*/
function getFeeBps(uint256 tokenId) external view virtual override returns (uint[] memory) {
return _getRoyaltyBPS(tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-royaltyInfo}.
*/
function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 value) external view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
return _getRoyaltyInfo(tokenId, value);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-uri}.
*/
function uri(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return _tokenURI(tokenId);
}
/**
* @dev Total amount of tokens in with a given id.
*/
function totalSupply(uint256 tokenId) external view virtual override returns (uint256) {
return _totalSupply[tokenId];
}
/**
* @dev See {ERC1155-_mint}.
*/
function _mint(address account, uint256 id, uint256 amount, bytes memory data) internal virtual override {
super._mint(account, id, amount, data);
_totalSupply[id] += amount;
}
/**
* @dev See {ERC1155-_mintBatch}.
*/
function _mintBatch(address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts, bytes memory data) internal virtual override {
super._mintBatch(to, ids, amounts, data);
for (uint i; i < ids.length;) {
_totalSupply[ids[i]] += amounts[i];
unchecked { ++i; }
}
}
/**
* @dev See {ERC1155-_burn}.
*/
function _burn(address account, uint256 id, uint256 amount) internal virtual override {
super._burn(account, id, amount);
_totalSupply[id] -= amount;
}
/**
* @dev See {ERC1155-_burnBatch}.
*/
function _burnBatch(address account, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts) internal virtual override {
super._burnBatch(account, ids, amounts);
for (uint i; i < ids.length;) {
_totalSupply[ids[i]] -= amounts[i];
unchecked { ++i; }
}
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setApproveTransfer}.
*/
function setApproveTransfer(address extension) external override adminRequired {
_setApproveTransferBase(extension);
}
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Checker.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../extensions/ICreatorExtensionTokenURI.sol";
import "../extensions/ICreatorExtensionRoyalties.sol";
import "./ICreatorCore.sol";
/**
* @dev Core creator implementation
*/
abstract contract CreatorCore is ReentrancyGuard, ICreatorCore, ERC165 {
using Strings for uint256;
using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
using AddressUpgradeable for address;
uint256 internal _tokenCount = 0;
// Base approve transfers address location
address internal _approveTransferBase;
// Track registered extensions data
EnumerableSet.AddressSet internal _extensions;
EnumerableSet.AddressSet internal _blacklistedExtensions;
mapping (address => address) internal _extensionPermissions;
mapping (address => bool) internal _extensionApproveTransfers;
// For tracking which extension a token was minted by
mapping (uint256 => address) internal _tokensExtension;
// The baseURI for a given extension
mapping (address => string) private _extensionBaseURI;
mapping (address => bool) private _extensionBaseURIIdentical;
// The prefix for any tokens with a uri configured
mapping (address => string) private _extensionURIPrefix;
// Mapping for individual token URIs
mapping (uint256 => string) internal _tokenURIs;
// Royalty configurations
struct RoyaltyConfig {
address payable receiver;
uint16 bps;
}
mapping (address => RoyaltyConfig[]) internal _extensionRoyalty;
mapping (uint256 => RoyaltyConfig[]) internal _tokenRoyalty;
bytes4 private constant _CREATOR_CORE_V1 = 0x28f10a21;
/**
* External interface identifiers for royalties
*/
/**
* @dev CreatorCore
*
* bytes4(keccak256('getRoyalties(uint256)')) == 0xbb3bafd6
*
* => 0xbb3bafd6 = 0xbb3bafd6
*/
bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_CREATORCORE = 0xbb3bafd6;
/**
* @dev Rarible: RoyaltiesV1
*
* bytes4(keccak256('getFeeRecipients(uint256)')) == 0xb9c4d9fb
* bytes4(keccak256('getFeeBps(uint256)')) == 0x0ebd4c7f
*
* => 0xb9c4d9fb ^ 0x0ebd4c7f = 0xb7799584
*/
bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_RARIBLE = 0xb7799584;
/**
* @dev Foundation
*
* bytes4(keccak256('getFees(uint256)')) == 0xd5a06d4c
*
* => 0xd5a06d4c = 0xd5a06d4c
*/
bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_FOUNDATION = 0xd5a06d4c;
/**
* @dev EIP-2981
*
* bytes4(keccak256("royaltyInfo(uint256,uint256)")) == 0x2a55205a
*
* => 0x2a55205a = 0x2a55205a
*/
bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_EIP2981 = 0x2a55205a;
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
return interfaceId == type(ICreatorCore).interfaceId || interfaceId == _CREATOR_CORE_V1 || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId)
|| interfaceId == _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_CREATORCORE || interfaceId == _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_RARIBLE
|| interfaceId == _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_FOUNDATION || interfaceId == _INTERFACE_ID_ROYALTIES_EIP2981;
}
/**
* @dev Only allows registered extensions to call the specified function
*/
function requireExtension() internal view {
require(_extensions.contains(msg.sender), "Must be registered extension");
}
/**
* @dev Only allows non-blacklisted extensions
*/
function requireNonBlacklist(address extension) internal view {
require(!_blacklistedExtensions.contains(extension), "Extension blacklisted");
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-getExtensions}.
*/
function getExtensions() external view override returns (address[] memory extensions) {
extensions = new address[](_extensions.length());
for (uint i; i < _extensions.length();) {
extensions[i] = _extensions.at(i);
unchecked { ++i; }
}
return extensions;
}
/**
* @dev Register an extension
*/
function _registerExtension(address extension, string calldata baseURI, bool baseURIIdentical) internal {
require(extension != address(this) && extension.isContract(), "Invalid");
emit ExtensionRegistered(extension, msg.sender);
_extensionBaseURI[extension] = baseURI;
_extensionBaseURIIdentical[extension] = baseURIIdentical;
_extensions.add(extension);
_setApproveTransferExtension(extension, true);
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-setApproveTransferExtension}.
*/
function setApproveTransferExtension(bool enabled) external override {
requireExtension();
_setApproveTransferExtension(msg.sender, enabled);
}
/**
* @dev Set whether or not tokens minted by the extension defers transfer approvals to the extension
*/
function _setApproveTransferExtension(address extension, bool enabled) internal virtual;
/**
* @dev Unregister an extension
*/
function _unregisterExtension(address extension) internal {
emit ExtensionUnregistered(extension, msg.sender);
_extensions.remove(extension);
}
/**
* @dev Blacklist an extension
*/
function _blacklistExtension(address extension) internal {
require(extension != address(0) && extension != address(this), "Cannot blacklist yourself");
if (_extensions.contains(extension)) {
emit ExtensionUnregistered(extension, msg.sender);
_extensions.remove(extension);
}
if (!_blacklistedExtensions.contains(extension)) {
emit ExtensionBlacklisted(extension, msg.sender);
_blacklistedExtensions.add(extension);
}
}
/**
* @dev Set base token uri for an extension
*/
function _setBaseTokenURIExtension(string calldata uri, bool identical) internal {
_extensionBaseURI[msg.sender] = uri;
_extensionBaseURIIdentical[msg.sender] = identical;
}
/**
* @dev Set token uri prefix for an extension
*/
function _setTokenURIPrefixExtension(string calldata prefix) internal {
_extensionURIPrefix[msg.sender] = prefix;
}
/**
* @dev Set token uri for a token of an extension
*/
function _setTokenURIExtension(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri) internal {
require(_tokensExtension[tokenId] == msg.sender, "Invalid token");
_tokenURIs[tokenId] = uri;
}
/**
* @dev Set base token uri for tokens with no extension
*/
function _setBaseTokenURI(string memory uri) internal {
_extensionBaseURI[address(0)] = uri;
}
/**
* @dev Set token uri prefix for tokens with no extension
*/
function _setTokenURIPrefix(string calldata prefix) internal {
_extensionURIPrefix[address(0)] = prefix;
}
/**
* @dev Set token uri for a token with no extension
*/
function _setTokenURI(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri) internal {
require(tokenId > 0 && tokenId <= _tokenCount && _tokensExtension[tokenId] == address(0), "Invalid token");
_tokenURIs[tokenId] = uri;
}
/**
* @dev Retrieve a token's URI
*/
function _tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (string memory) {
require(tokenId > 0 && tokenId <= _tokenCount, "Invalid token");
address extension = _tokensExtension[tokenId];
require(!_blacklistedExtensions.contains(extension), "Extension blacklisted");
if (bytes(_tokenURIs[tokenId]).length != 0) {
if (bytes(_extensionURIPrefix[extension]).length != 0) {
return string(abi.encodePacked(_extensionURIPrefix[extension],_tokenURIs[tokenId]));
}
return _tokenURIs[tokenId];
}
if (ERC165Checker.supportsInterface(extension, type(ICreatorExtensionTokenURI).interfaceId)) {
return ICreatorExtensionTokenURI(extension).tokenURI(address(this), tokenId);
}
if (!_extensionBaseURIIdentical[extension]) {
return string(abi.encodePacked(_extensionBaseURI[extension], tokenId.toString()));
} else {
return _extensionBaseURI[extension];
}
}
/**
* Get token extension
*/
function _tokenExtension(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (address extension) {
extension = _tokensExtension[tokenId];
require(extension != address(0), "No extension for token");
require(!_blacklistedExtensions.contains(extension), "Extension blacklisted");
return extension;
}
/**
* Helper to get royalties for a token
*/
function _getRoyalties(uint256 tokenId) view internal returns (address payable[] memory receivers, uint256[] memory bps) {
// Get token level royalties
RoyaltyConfig[] memory royalties = _tokenRoyalty[tokenId];
if (royalties.length == 0) {
// Get extension specific royalties
address extension = _tokensExtension[tokenId];
if (extension != address(0)) {
if (ERC165Checker.supportsInterface(extension, type(ICreatorExtensionRoyalties).interfaceId)) {
(receivers, bps) = ICreatorExtensionRoyalties(extension).getRoyalties(address(this), tokenId);
// Extension override exists, just return that
if (receivers.length > 0) return (receivers, bps);
}
royalties = _extensionRoyalty[extension];
}
}
if (royalties.length == 0) {
// Get the default royalty
royalties = _extensionRoyalty[address(0)];
}
if (royalties.length > 0) {
receivers = new address payable[](royalties.length);
bps = new uint256[](royalties.length);
for (uint i; i < royalties.length;) {
receivers[i] = royalties[i].receiver;
bps[i] = royalties[i].bps;
unchecked { ++i; }
}
}
}
/**
* Helper to get royalty receivers for a token
*/
function _getRoyaltyReceivers(uint256 tokenId) view internal returns (address payable[] memory recievers) {
(recievers, ) = _getRoyalties(tokenId);
}
/**
* Helper to get royalty basis points for a token
*/
function _getRoyaltyBPS(uint256 tokenId) view internal returns (uint256[] memory bps) {
(, bps) = _getRoyalties(tokenId);
}
function _getRoyaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 value) view internal returns (address receiver, uint256 amount){
(address payable[] memory receivers, uint256[] memory bps) = _getRoyalties(tokenId);
require(receivers.length <= 1, "More than 1 royalty receiver");
if (receivers.length == 0) {
return (address(this), 0);
}
return (receivers[0], bps[0]*value/10000);
}
/**
* Set royalties for a token
*/
function _setRoyalties(uint256 tokenId, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) internal {
_checkRoyalties(receivers, basisPoints);
delete _tokenRoyalty[tokenId];
_setRoyalties(receivers, basisPoints, _tokenRoyalty[tokenId]);
emit RoyaltiesUpdated(tokenId, receivers, basisPoints);
}
/**
* Set royalties for all tokens of an extension
*/
function _setRoyaltiesExtension(address extension, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) internal {
_checkRoyalties(receivers, basisPoints);
delete _extensionRoyalty[extension];
_setRoyalties(receivers, basisPoints, _extensionRoyalty[extension]);
if (extension == address(0)) {
emit DefaultRoyaltiesUpdated(receivers, basisPoints);
} else {
emit ExtensionRoyaltiesUpdated(extension, receivers, basisPoints);
}
}
/**
* Helper function to check that royalties provided are valid
*/
function _checkRoyalties(address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) private pure {
require(receivers.length == basisPoints.length, "Invalid input");
uint256 totalBasisPoints;
for (uint i; i < basisPoints.length;) {
totalBasisPoints += basisPoints[i];
unchecked { ++i; }
}
require(totalBasisPoints < 10000, "Invalid total royalties");
}
/**
* Helper function to set royalties
*/
function _setRoyalties(address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints, RoyaltyConfig[] storage royalties) private {
for (uint i; i < basisPoints.length;) {
royalties.push(
RoyaltyConfig(
{
receiver: receivers[i],
bps: uint16(basisPoints[i])
}
)
);
unchecked { ++i; }
}
}
/**
* @dev See {ICreatorCore-getApproveTransfer}.
*/
function getApproveTransfer() external view override returns (address) {
return _approveTransferBase;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import "../extensions/ERC1155/IERC1155CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer.sol";
import "../extensions/ERC1155/IERC1155CreatorExtensionBurnable.sol";
import "../permissions/ERC1155/IERC1155CreatorMintPermissions.sol";
import "./IERC1155CreatorCore.sol";
import "./CreatorCore.sol";
/**
* @dev Core ERC1155 creator implementation
*/
abstract contract ERC1155CreatorCore is CreatorCore, IERC1155CreatorCore {
uint256 constant public VERSION = 2;
using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
string public name;
string public symbol;
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(CreatorCore, IERC165) returns (bool) {
return interfaceId == type(IERC1155CreatorCore).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
/**
* @dev See {CreatorCore-_setApproveTransferExtension}
*/
function _setApproveTransferExtension(address extension, bool enabled) internal override {
if (ERC165Checker.supportsInterface(extension, type(IERC1155CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer).interfaceId)) {
_extensionApproveTransfers[extension] = enabled;
emit ExtensionApproveTransferUpdated(extension, enabled);
}
}
/**
* @dev Set the base contract's approve transfer contract location
*/
function _setApproveTransferBase(address extension) internal {
_approveTransferBase = extension;
emit ApproveTransferUpdated(extension);
}
/**
* @dev Set mint permissions for an extension
*/
function _setMintPermissions(address extension, address permissions) internal {
require(_extensions.contains(extension), "Invalid extension");
require(permissions == address(0) || ERC165Checker.supportsInterface(permissions, type(IERC1155CreatorMintPermissions).interfaceId), "Invalid address");
if (_extensionPermissions[extension] != permissions) {
_extensionPermissions[extension] = permissions;
emit MintPermissionsUpdated(extension, permissions, msg.sender);
}
}
/**
* Check if an extension can mint
*/
function _checkMintPermissions(address[] memory to, uint256[] memory tokenIds, uint256[] memory amounts) internal {
if (_extensionPermissions[msg.sender] != address(0)) {
IERC1155CreatorMintPermissions(_extensionPermissions[msg.sender]).approveMint(msg.sender, to, tokenIds, amounts);
}
}
/**
* Post burn actions
*/
function _postBurn(address owner, uint256[] memory tokenIds, uint256[] memory amounts) internal virtual {
require(tokenIds.length > 0, "Invalid input");
address extension = _tokensExtension[tokenIds[0]];
for (uint i; i < tokenIds.length;) {
require(_tokensExtension[tokenIds[i]] == extension, "Mismatched token originators");
unchecked { ++i; }
}
// Callback to originating extension if needed
if (extension != address(0)) {
if (ERC165Checker.supportsInterface(extension, type(IERC1155CreatorExtensionBurnable).interfaceId)) {
IERC1155CreatorExtensionBurnable(extension).onBurn(owner, tokenIds, amounts);
}
}
}
/**
* Approve a transfer
*/
function _approveTransfer(address from, address to, uint256[] memory tokenIds, uint256[] memory amounts) internal {
require(tokenIds.length > 0, "Invalid input");
address extension = _tokensExtension[tokenIds[0]];
for (uint i; i < tokenIds.length;) {
require(_tokensExtension[tokenIds[i]] == extension, "Mismatched token originators");
unchecked { ++i; }
}
if (_extensionApproveTransfers[extension]) {
require(IERC1155CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer(extension).approveTransfer(msg.sender, from, to, tokenIds, amounts), "Extension approval failure");
} else if (_approveTransferBase != address(0)) {
require(IERC1155CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer(_approveTransferBase).approveTransfer(msg.sender, from, to, tokenIds, amounts), "Extension approval failure");
}
}
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Core creator interface
*/
interface ICreatorCore is IERC165 {
event ExtensionRegistered(address indexed extension, address indexed sender);
event ExtensionUnregistered(address indexed extension, address indexed sender);
event ExtensionBlacklisted(address indexed extension, address indexed sender);
event MintPermissionsUpdated(address indexed extension, address indexed permissions, address indexed sender);
event RoyaltiesUpdated(uint256 indexed tokenId, address payable[] receivers, uint256[] basisPoints);
event DefaultRoyaltiesUpdated(address payable[] receivers, uint256[] basisPoints);
event ApproveTransferUpdated(address extension);
event ExtensionRoyaltiesUpdated(address indexed extension, address payable[] receivers, uint256[] basisPoints);
event ExtensionApproveTransferUpdated(address indexed extension, bool enabled);
/**
* @dev gets address of all extensions
*/
function getExtensions() external view returns (address[] memory);
/**
* @dev add an extension. Can only be called by contract owner or admin.
* extension address must point to a contract implementing ICreatorExtension.
* Returns True if newly added, False if already added.
*/
function registerExtension(address extension, string calldata baseURI) external;
/**
* @dev add an extension. Can only be called by contract owner or admin.
* extension address must point to a contract implementing ICreatorExtension.
* Returns True if newly added, False if already added.
*/
function registerExtension(address extension, string calldata baseURI, bool baseURIIdentical) external;
/**
* @dev add an extension. Can only be called by contract owner or admin.
* Returns True if removed, False if already removed.
*/
function unregisterExtension(address extension) external;
/**
* @dev blacklist an extension. Can only be called by contract owner or admin.
* This function will destroy all ability to reference the metadata of any tokens created
* by the specified extension. It will also unregister the extension if needed.
* Returns True if removed, False if already removed.
*/
function blacklistExtension(address extension) external;
/**
* @dev set the baseTokenURI of an extension. Can only be called by extension.
*/
function setBaseTokenURIExtension(string calldata uri) external;
/**
* @dev set the baseTokenURI of an extension. Can only be called by extension.
* For tokens with no uri configured, tokenURI will return "uri+tokenId"
*/
function setBaseTokenURIExtension(string calldata uri, bool identical) external;
/**
* @dev set the common prefix of an extension. Can only be called by extension.
* If configured, and a token has a uri set, tokenURI will return "prefixURI+tokenURI"
* Useful if you want to use ipfs/arweave
*/
function setTokenURIPrefixExtension(string calldata prefix) external;
/**
* @dev set the tokenURI of a token extension. Can only be called by extension that minted token.
*/
function setTokenURIExtension(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri) external;
/**
* @dev set the tokenURI of a token extension for multiple tokens. Can only be called by extension that minted token.
*/
function setTokenURIExtension(uint256[] memory tokenId, string[] calldata uri) external;
/**
* @dev set the baseTokenURI for tokens with no extension. Can only be called by owner/admin.
* For tokens with no uri configured, tokenURI will return "uri+tokenId"
*/
function setBaseTokenURI(string calldata uri) external;
/**
* @dev set the common prefix for tokens with no extension. Can only be called by owner/admin.
* If configured, and a token has a uri set, tokenURI will return "prefixURI+tokenURI"
* Useful if you want to use ipfs/arweave
*/
function setTokenURIPrefix(string calldata prefix) external;
/**
* @dev set the tokenURI of a token with no extension. Can only be called by owner/admin.
*/
function setTokenURI(uint256 tokenId, string calldata uri) external;
/**
* @dev set the tokenURI of multiple tokens with no extension. Can only be called by owner/admin.
*/
function setTokenURI(uint256[] memory tokenIds, string[] calldata uris) external;
/**
* @dev set a permissions contract for an extension. Used to control minting.
*/
function setMintPermissions(address extension, address permissions) external;
/**
* @dev Configure so transfers of tokens created by the caller (must be extension) gets approval
* from the extension before transferring
*/
function setApproveTransferExtension(bool enabled) external;
/**
* @dev get the extension of a given token
*/
function tokenExtension(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address);
/**
* @dev Set default royalties
*/
function setRoyalties(address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external;
/**
* @dev Set royalties of a token
*/
function setRoyalties(uint256 tokenId, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external;
/**
* @dev Set royalties of an extension
*/
function setRoyaltiesExtension(address extension, address payable[] calldata receivers, uint256[] calldata basisPoints) external;
/**
* @dev Get royalites of a token. Returns list of receivers and basisPoints
*/
function getRoyalties(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory);
// Royalty support for various other standards
function getFeeRecipients(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address payable[] memory);
function getFeeBps(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint[] memory);
function getFees(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory);
function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 value) external view returns (address, uint256);
/**
* @dev Set the default approve transfer contract location.
*/
function setApproveTransfer(address extension) external;
/**
* @dev Get the default approve transfer contract location.
*/
function getApproveTransfer() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "./CreatorCore.sol";
/**
* @dev Core ERC1155 creator interface
*/
interface IERC1155CreatorCore is ICreatorCore {
/**
* @dev mint a token with no extension. Can only be called by an admin.
*
* @param to - Can be a single element array (all tokens go to same address) or multi-element array (single token to many recipients)
* @param amounts - Can be a single element array (all recipients get the same amount) or a multi-element array
* @param uris - If no elements, all tokens use the default uri.
* If any element is an empty string, the corresponding token uses the default uri.
*
*
* Requirements: If to is a multi-element array, then uris must be empty or single element array
* If to is a multi-element array, then amounts must be a single element array or a multi-element array of the same size
* If to is a single element array, uris must be empty or the same length as amounts
*
* Examples:
* mintBaseNew(['0x....1', '0x....2'], [1], [])
* Mints a single new token, and gives 1 each to '0x....1' and '0x....2'. Token uses default uri.
*
* mintBaseNew(['0x....1', '0x....2'], [1, 2], [])
* Mints a single new token, and gives 1 to '0x....1' and 2 to '0x....2'. Token uses default uri.
*
* mintBaseNew(['0x....1'], [1, 2], ["", "http://token2.com"])
* Mints two new tokens to '0x....1'. 1 of the first token, 2 of the second. 1st token uses default uri, second uses "http://token2.com".
*
* @return Returns list of tokenIds minted
*/
function mintBaseNew(address[] calldata to, uint256[] calldata amounts, string[] calldata uris) external returns (uint256[] memory);
/**
* @dev batch mint existing token with no extension. Can only be called by an admin.
*
* @param to - Can be a single element array (all tokens go to same address) or multi-element array (single token to many recipients)
* @param tokenIds - Can be a single element array (all recipients get the same token) or a multi-element array
* @param amounts - Can be a single element array (all recipients get the same amount) or a multi-element array
*
* Requirements: If any of the parameters are multi-element arrays, they need to be the same length as other multi-element arrays
*
* Examples:
* mintBaseExisting(['0x....1', '0x....2'], [1], [10])
* Mints 10 of tokenId 1 to each of '0x....1' and '0x....2'.
*
* mintBaseExisting(['0x....1', '0x....2'], [1, 2], [10, 20])
* Mints 10 of tokenId 1 to '0x....1' and 20 of tokenId 2 to '0x....2'.
*
* mintBaseExisting(['0x....1'], [1, 2], [10, 20])
* Mints 10 of tokenId 1 and 20 of tokenId 2 to '0x....1'.
*
* mintBaseExisting(['0x....1', '0x....2'], [1], [10, 20])
* Mints 10 of tokenId 1 to '0x....1' and 20 of tokenId 1 to '0x....2'.
*
*/
function mintBaseExisting(address[] calldata to, uint256[] calldata tokenIds, uint256[] calldata amounts) external;
/**
* @dev mint a token from an extension. Can only be called by a registered extension.
*
* @param to - Can be a single element array (all tokens go to same address) or multi-element array (single token to many recipients)
* @param amounts - Can be a single element array (all recipients get the same amount) or a multi-element array
* @param uris - If no elements, all tokens use the default uri.
* If any element is an empty string, the corresponding token uses the default uri.
*
*
* Requirements: If to is a multi-element array, then uris must be empty or single element array
* If to is a multi-element array, then amounts must be a single element array or a multi-element array of the same size
* If to is a single element array, uris must be empty or the same length as amounts
*
* Examples:
* mintExtensionNew(['0x....1', '0x....2'], [1], [])
* Mints a single new token, and gives 1 each to '0x....1' and '0x....2'. Token uses default uri.
*
* mintExtensionNew(['0x....1', '0x....2'], [1, 2], [])
* Mints a single new token, and gives 1 to '0x....1' and 2 to '0x....2'. Token uses default uri.
*
* mintExtensionNew(['0x....1'], [1, 2], ["", "http://token2.com"])
* Mints two new tokens to '0x....1'. 1 of the first token, 2 of the second. 1st token uses default uri, second uses "http://token2.com".
*
* @return Returns list of tokenIds minted
*/
function mintExtensionNew(address[] calldata to, uint256[] calldata amounts, string[] calldata uris) external returns (uint256[] memory);
/**
* @dev batch mint existing token from extension. Can only be called by a registered extension.
*
* @param to - Can be a single element array (all tokens go to same address) or multi-element array (single token to many recipients)
* @param tokenIds - Can be a single element array (all recipients get the same token) or a multi-element array
* @param amounts - Can be a single element array (all recipients get the same amount) or a multi-element array
*
* Requirements: If any of the parameters are multi-element arrays, they need to be the same length as other multi-element arrays
*
* Examples:
* mintExtensionExisting(['0x....1', '0x....2'], [1], [10])
* Mints 10 of tokenId 1 to each of '0x....1' and '0x....2'.
*
* mintExtensionExisting(['0x....1', '0x....2'], [1, 2], [10, 20])
* Mints 10 of tokenId 1 to '0x....1' and 20 of tokenId 2 to '0x....2'.
*
* mintExtensionExisting(['0x....1'], [1, 2], [10, 20])
* Mints 10 of tokenId 1 and 20 of tokenId 2 to '0x....1'.
*
* mintExtensionExisting(['0x....1', '0x....2'], [1], [10, 20])
* Mints 10 of tokenId 1 to '0x....1' and 20 of tokenId 1 to '0x....2'.
*
*/
function mintExtensionExisting(address[] calldata to, uint256[] calldata tokenIds, uint256[] calldata amounts) external;
/**
* @dev burn tokens. Can only be called by token owner or approved address.
* On burn, calls back to the registered extension's onBurn method
*/
function burn(address account, uint256[] calldata tokenIds, uint256[] calldata amounts) external;
/**
* @dev Total amount of tokens in with a given tokenId.
*/
function totalSupply(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint256);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* Implement this if you want your extension to approve a transfer
*/
interface IERC1155CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Set whether or not the creator contract will check the extension for approval of token transfer
*/
function setApproveTransfer(address creator, bool enabled) external;
/**
* @dev Called by creator contract to approve a transfer
*/
function approveTransfer(address operator, address from, address to, uint256[] calldata tokenIds, uint256[] calldata amounts) external returns (bool);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Your extension is required to implement this interface if it wishes
* to receive the onBurn callback whenever a token the extension created is
* burned
*/
interface IERC1155CreatorExtensionBurnable is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev callback handler for burn events
*/
function onBurn(address owner, uint256[] calldata tokenIds, uint256[] calldata amounts) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Implement this if you want your extension to have overloadable royalties
*/
interface ICreatorExtensionRoyalties is IERC165 {
/**
* Get the royalties for a given creator/tokenId
*/
function getRoyalties(address creator, uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Implement this if you want your extension to have overloadable URI's
*/
interface ICreatorExtensionTokenURI is IERC165 {
/**
* Get the uri for a given creator/tokenId
*/
function tokenURI(address creator, uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Required interface of an ERC1155Creator compliant extension contracts.
*/
interface IERC1155CreatorMintPermissions is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev get approval to mint
*/
function approveMint(address extension, address[] calldata to, uint256[] calldata tokenIds, uint256[] calldata amounts) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "./IAdminControl.sol";
abstract contract AdminControlUpgradeable is OwnableUpgradeable, IAdminControl, ERC165 {
using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
// Track registered admins
EnumerableSet.AddressSet private _admins;
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
return interfaceId == type(IAdminControl).interfaceId
|| super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
/**
* @dev Only allows approved admins to call the specified function
*/
modifier adminRequired() {
require(owner() == msg.sender || _admins.contains(msg.sender), "AdminControl: Must be owner or admin");
_;
}
/**
* @dev See {IAdminControl-getAdmins}.
*/
function getAdmins() external view override returns (address[] memory admins) {
admins = new address[](_admins.length());
for (uint i = 0; i < _admins.length(); i++) {
admins[i] = _admins.at(i);
}
return admins;
}
/**
* @dev See {IAdminControl-approveAdmin}.
*/
function approveAdmin(address admin) external override onlyOwner {
if (!_admins.contains(admin)) {
emit AdminApproved(admin, msg.sender);
_admins.add(admin);
}
}
/**
* @dev See {IAdminControl-revokeAdmin}.
*/
function revokeAdmin(address admin) external override onlyOwner {
if (_admins.contains(admin)) {
emit AdminRevoked(admin, msg.sender);
_admins.remove(admin);
}
}
/**
* @dev See {IAdminControl-isAdmin}.
*/
function isAdmin(address admin) public override view returns (bool) {
return (owner() == admin || _admins.contains(admin));
}
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Interface for admin control
*/
interface IAdminControl is IERC165 {
event AdminApproved(address indexed account, address indexed sender);
event AdminRevoked(address indexed account, address indexed sender);
/**
* @dev gets address of all admins
*/
function getAdmins() external view returns (address[] memory);
/**
* @dev add an admin. Can only be called by contract owner.
*/
function approveAdmin(address admin) external;
/**
* @dev remove an admin. Can only be called by contract owner.
*/
function revokeAdmin(address admin) external;
/**
* @dev checks whether or not given address is an admin
* Returns True if they are
*/
function isAdmin(address admin) external view returns (bool);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
* there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
* specific functions.
*
* By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
* can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
* `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
* the owner.
*/
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
address private _owner;
event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
*/
function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
__Ownable_init_unchained();
}
function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
_transferOwnership(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
*/
modifier onlyOwner() {
_checkOwner();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
*/
function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
return _owner;
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
*/
function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
}
/**
* @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
* `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
*
* NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
* thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
*/
function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
_transferOwnership(address(0));
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Can only be called by the current owner.
*/
function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
_transferOwnership(newOwner);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Internal function without access restriction.
*/
function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
address oldOwner = _owner;
_owner = newOwner;
emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
* behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
* external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
* function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
*
* The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
* reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
* case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
*
* For example:
*
* [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
* ```
* contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
* function initialize() initializer public {
* __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
* }
* }
* contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
* function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
* __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
* }
* }
* ```
*
* TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
* possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
*
* CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
* that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
*
* [CAUTION]
* ====
* Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
*
* An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
* contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
* the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
*
* [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
* ```
* /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
* constructor() {
* _disableInitializers();
* }
* ```
* ====
*/
abstract contract Initializable {
/**
* @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
* @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
*/
uint8 private _initialized;
/**
* @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
*/
bool private _initializing;
/**
* @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
*/
event Initialized(uint8 version);
/**
* @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
* `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts. Equivalent to `reinitializer(1)`.
*/
modifier initializer() {
bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
require(
(isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
"Initializable: contract is already initialized"
);
_initialized = 1;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
_initializing = true;
}
_;
if (isTopLevelCall) {
_initializing = false;
emit Initialized(1);
}
}
/**
* @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
* contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
* used to initialize parent contracts.
*
* `initializer` is equivalent to `reinitializer(1)`, so a reinitializer may be used after the original
* initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that are added through upgrades and that require
* initialization.
*
* Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
* a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
*/
modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
_initialized = version;
_initializing = true;
_;
_initializing = false;
emit Initialized(version);
}
/**
* @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
* {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
*/
modifier onlyInitializing() {
require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
_;
}
/**
* @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
* Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
* to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
* through proxies.
*/
function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
_initialized = type(uint8).max;
emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC1155/ERC1155.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC1155Upgradeable.sol";
import "./IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC1155MetadataURIUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Implementation of the basic standard multi-token.
* See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155
* Originally based on code by Enjin: https://github.com/enjin/erc-1155
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
contract ERC1155Upgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC1155Upgradeable, IERC1155MetadataURIUpgradeable {
using AddressUpgradeable for address;
// Mapping from token ID to account balances
mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => uint256)) private _balances;
// Mapping from account to operator approvals
mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
// Used as the URI for all token types by relying on ID substitution, e.g. https://token-cdn-domain/{id}.json
string private _uri;
/**
* @dev See {_setURI}.
*/
function __ERC1155_init(string memory uri_) internal onlyInitializing {
__ERC1155_init_unchained(uri_);
}
function __ERC1155_init_unchained(string memory uri_) internal onlyInitializing {
_setURI(uri_);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
return
interfaceId == type(IERC1155Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
interfaceId == type(IERC1155MetadataURIUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
*
* This implementation returns the same URI for *all* token types. It relies
* on the token type ID substitution mechanism
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
*
* Clients calling this function must replace the `\\{id\\}` substring with the
* actual token type ID.
*/
function uri(uint256) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
return _uri;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOf}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `account` cannot be the zero address.
*/
function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
require(account != address(0), "ERC1155: address zero is not a valid owner");
return _balances[id][account];
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOfBatch}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
*/
function balanceOfBatch(address[] memory accounts, uint256[] memory ids)
public
view
virtual
override
returns (uint256[] memory)
{
require(accounts.length == ids.length, "ERC1155: accounts and ids length mismatch");
uint256[] memory batchBalances = new uint256[](accounts.length);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < accounts.length; ++i) {
batchBalances[i] = balanceOf(accounts[i], ids[i]);
}
return batchBalances;
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-setApprovalForAll}.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
_setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-isApprovedForAll}.
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return _operatorApprovals[account][operator];
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-safeTransferFrom}.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) public virtual override {
require(
from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()),
"ERC1155: caller is not token owner nor approved"
);
_safeTransferFrom(from, to, id, amount, data);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC1155-safeBatchTransferFrom}.
*/
function safeBatchTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) public virtual override {
require(
from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()),
"ERC1155: caller is not token owner nor approved"
);
_safeBatchTransferFrom(from, to, ids, amounts, data);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
*
* Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
_balances[id][to] += amount;
emit TransferSingle(operator, from, to, id, amount);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, id, amount, data);
}
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_safeTransferFrom}.
*
* Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _safeBatchTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
uint256 id = ids[i];
uint256 amount = amounts[i];
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
_balances[id][to] += amount;
}
emit TransferBatch(operator, from, to, ids, amounts);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
}
/**
* @dev Sets a new URI for all token types, by relying on the token type ID
* substitution mechanism
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
*
* By this mechanism, any occurrence of the `\\{id\\}` substring in either the
* URI or any of the amounts in the JSON file at said URI will be replaced by
* clients with the token type ID.
*
* For example, the `https://token-cdn-domain/\\{id\\}.json` URI would be
* interpreted by clients as
* `https://token-cdn-domain/000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004cce0.json`
* for token type ID 0x4cce0.
*
* See {uri}.
*
* Because these URIs cannot be meaningfully represented by the {URI} event,
* this function emits no events.
*/
function _setURI(string memory newuri) internal virtual {
_uri = newuri;
}
/**
* @dev Creates `amount` tokens of token type `id`, and assigns them to `to`.
*
* Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _mint(
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
_balances[id][to] += amount;
emit TransferSingle(operator, address(0), to, id, amount);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, id, amount, data);
}
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_mint}.
*
* Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function _mintBatch(
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {
require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address");
require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");
address operator = _msgSender();
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
_balances[ids[i]][to] += amounts[i];
}
emit TransferBatch(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
_doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
}
/**
* @dev Destroys `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from`
*
* Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `from` cannot be the zero address.
* - `from` must have at least `amount` tokens of token type `id`.
*/
function _burn(
address from,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount
) internal virtual {
require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address");
address operator = _msgSender();
uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
emit TransferSingle(operator, from, address(0), id, amount);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
}
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_burn}.
*
* Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
*/
function _burnBatch(
address from,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts
) internal virtual {
require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address");
require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");
address operator = _msgSender();
_beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
uint256 id = ids[i];
uint256 amount = amounts[i];
uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance");
unchecked {
_balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
}
}
emit TransferBatch(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts);
_afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
}
/**
* @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
*
* Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
*/
function _setApprovalForAll(
address owner,
address operator,
bool approved
) internal virtual {
require(owner != operator, "ERC1155: setting approval status for self");
_operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
* and burning, as well as batched variants.
*
* The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single
* transfers, the length of the `ids` and `amounts` arrays will be 1.
*
* Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair):
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
* of token type `id` will be transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted
* for `to`.
* - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id`
* will be burned.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
* - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length.
*
* To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
*/
function _beforeTokenTransfer(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {}
/**
* @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting
* and burning, as well as batched variants.
*
* The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single
* transfers, the length of the `id` and `amount` arrays will be 1.
*
* Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair):
*
* - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
* of token type `id` will be transferred to `to`.
* - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted
* for `to`.
* - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id`
* will be burned.
* - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
* - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length.
*
* To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
*/
function _afterTokenTransfer(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) internal virtual {}
function _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes memory data
) private {
if (to.isContract()) {
try IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC1155Received(operator, from, id, amount, data) returns (bytes4 response) {
if (response != IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.onERC1155Received.selector) {
revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens");
}
} catch Error(string memory reason) {
revert(reason);
} catch {
revert("ERC1155: transfer to non ERC1155Receiver implementer");
}
}
}
function _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(
address operator,
address from,
address to,
uint256[] memory ids,
uint256[] memory amounts,
bytes memory data
) private {
if (to.isContract()) {
try IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC1155BatchReceived(operator, from, ids, amounts, data) returns (
bytes4 response
) {
if (response != IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector) {
revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens");
}
} catch Error(string memory reason) {
revert(reason);
} catch {
revert("ERC1155: transfer to non ERC1155Receiver implementer");
}
}
}
function _asSingletonArray(uint256 element) private pure returns (uint256[] memory) {
uint256[] memory array = new uint256[](1);
array[0] = element;
return array;
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[47] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC1155/extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC1155Upgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev Interface of the optional ERC1155MetadataExtension interface, as defined
* in the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[EIP].
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
interface IERC1155MetadataURIUpgradeable is IERC1155Upgradeable {
/**
* @dev Returns the URI for token type `id`.
*
* If the `\\{id\\}` substring is present in the URI, it must be replaced by
* clients with the actual token type ID.
*/
function uri(uint256 id) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev _Available since v3.1._
*/
interface IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
/**
* @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
* called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
*
* NOTE: To accept the transfer, this must return
* `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
* (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
*
* @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
* @param from The address which previously owned the token
* @param id The ID of the token being transferred
* @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
* @param data Additional data with no specified format
* @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
*/
function onERC1155Received(
address operator,
address from,
uint256 id,
uint256 value,
bytes calldata data
) external returns (bytes4);
/**
* @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
* is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
* been updated.
*
* NOTE: To accept the transfer(s), this must return
* `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
* (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
*
* @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
* @param from The address which previously owned the token
* @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
* @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
* @param data Additional data with no specified format
* @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
*/
function onERC1155BatchReceived(
address operator,
address from,
uint256[] calldata ids,
uint256[] calldata values,
bytes calldata data
) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
* @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
interface IERC1155Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
/**
* @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
*/
event TransferSingle(address indexed operator, address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 id, uint256 value);
/**
* @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
* transfers.
*/
event TransferBatch(
address indexed operator,
address indexed from,
address indexed to,
uint256[] ids,
uint256[] values
);
/**
* @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
* `approved`.
*/
event ApprovalForAll(address indexed account, address indexed operator, bool approved);
/**
* @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
*
* If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
* returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
*/
event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
/**
* @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `account` cannot be the zero address.
*/
function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) external view returns (uint256);
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
*/
function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids)
external
view
returns (uint256[] memory);
/**
* @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
*
* Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `operator` cannot be the caller.
*/
function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
/**
* @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
*
* See {setApprovalForAll}.
*/
function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) external view returns (bool);
/**
* @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
*
* Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `to` cannot be the zero address.
* - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
* - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function safeTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256 id,
uint256 amount,
bytes calldata data
) external;
/**
* @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
*
* Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
* - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
* acceptance magic value.
*/
function safeBatchTransferFrom(
address from,
address to,
uint256[] calldata ids,
uint256[] calldata amounts,
bytes calldata data
) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
* @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
*/
library AddressUpgradeable {
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
* false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
*
* Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
* types of addresses:
*
* - an externally-owned account
* - a contract in construction
* - an address where a contract will be created
* - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
* ====
*
* [IMPORTANT]
* ====
* You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
*
* Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
* like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
* constructor.
* ====
*/
function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
// This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
// for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
// of the constructor execution.
return account.code.length > 0;
}
/**
* @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
* `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
*
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
* of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
* imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
* `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
*
* https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
*
* IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
* taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
* {ReentrancyGuard} or the
* https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
*/
function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
(bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
}
/**
* @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
* plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
* function instead.
*
* If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
* function (like regular Solidity function calls).
*
* Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
* use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `target` must be a contract.
* - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
* `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
* - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
* with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
*
* _Available since v3.1._
*/
function functionCallWithValue(
address target,
bytes memory data,
uint256 value,
string memory errorMessage
) internal returns (bytes memory) {
require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
}
/**
* @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
* but performing a static call.
*
* _Available since v3.3._
*/
function functionStaticCall(
address target,
bytes memory data,
string memory errorMessage
) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
(bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
}
/**
* @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
* revert reason using the provided one.
*
* _Available since v4.3._
*/
function verifyCallResult(
bool success,
bytes memory returndata,
string memory errorMessage
) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
if (success) {
return returndata;
} else {
// Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
if (returndata.length > 0) {
// The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
}
} else {
revert(errorMessage);
}
}
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
* sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
* via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
* manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
* paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
* is concerned).
*
* This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
*/
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
}
function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
}
function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
return msg.sender;
}
function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
return msg.data;
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
* @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
*
* Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
* for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
*
* ```solidity
* function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
* return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
* }
* ```
*
* Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
*/
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
}
function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
}
/**
* @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
* variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
* See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
*/
uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
*
* Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
* queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
*
* For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
*/
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
/**
* @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
* to learn more about how these ids are created.
*
* This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
*
* Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
* available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
* (reentrant) calls to them.
*
* Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
* `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
* those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
* points to them.
*
* TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
* to protect against it, check out our blog post
* https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
*/
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
// Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
// word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
// slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
// back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
// pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
// The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
// but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
// amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
// transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
// increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
uint256 private _status;
constructor() {
_status = _NOT_ENTERED;
}
/**
* @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
* Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
* function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
* by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
* `private` function that does the actual work.
*/
modifier nonReentrant() {
// On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
// Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
_status = _ENTERED;
_;
// By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
// https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
_status = _NOT_ENTERED;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
*
* Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
* for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
*
* ```solidity
* function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
* return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
* }
* ```
*
* Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
*/
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.2) (utils/introspection/ERC165Checker.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Library used to query support of an interface declared via {IERC165}.
*
* Note that these functions return the actual result of the query: they do not
* `revert` if an interface is not supported. It is up to the caller to decide
* what to do in these cases.
*/
library ERC165Checker {
// As per the EIP-165 spec, no interface should ever match 0xffffffff
bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_INVALID = 0xffffffff;
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` supports the {IERC165} interface,
*/
function supportsERC165(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
// Any contract that implements ERC165 must explicitly indicate support of
// InterfaceId_ERC165 and explicitly indicate non-support of InterfaceId_Invalid
return
_supportsERC165Interface(account, type(IERC165).interfaceId) &&
!_supportsERC165Interface(account, _INTERFACE_ID_INVALID);
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` supports the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. Support for {IERC165} itself is queried automatically.
*
* See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) internal view returns (bool) {
// query support of both ERC165 as per the spec and support of _interfaceId
return supportsERC165(account) && _supportsERC165Interface(account, interfaceId);
}
/**
* @dev Returns a boolean array where each value corresponds to the
* interfaces passed in and whether they're supported or not. This allows
* you to batch check interfaces for a contract where your expectation
* is that some interfaces may not be supported.
*
* See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*
* _Available since v3.4._
*/
function getSupportedInterfaces(address account, bytes4[] memory interfaceIds)
internal
view
returns (bool[] memory)
{
// an array of booleans corresponding to interfaceIds and whether they're supported or not
bool[] memory interfaceIdsSupported = new bool[](interfaceIds.length);
// query support of ERC165 itself
if (supportsERC165(account)) {
// query support of each interface in interfaceIds
for (uint256 i = 0; i < interfaceIds.length; i++) {
interfaceIdsSupported[i] = _supportsERC165Interface(account, interfaceIds[i]);
}
}
return interfaceIdsSupported;
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` supports all the interfaces defined in
* `interfaceIds`. Support for {IERC165} itself is queried automatically.
*
* Batch-querying can lead to gas savings by skipping repeated checks for
* {IERC165} support.
*
* See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsAllInterfaces(address account, bytes4[] memory interfaceIds) internal view returns (bool) {
// query support of ERC165 itself
if (!supportsERC165(account)) {
return false;
}
// query support of each interface in _interfaceIds
for (uint256 i = 0; i < interfaceIds.length; i++) {
if (!_supportsERC165Interface(account, interfaceIds[i])) {
return false;
}
}
// all interfaces supported
return true;
}
/**
* @notice Query if a contract implements an interface, does not check ERC165 support
* @param account The address of the contract to query for support of an interface
* @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
* @return true if the contract at account indicates support of the interface with
* identifier interfaceId, false otherwise
* @dev Assumes that account contains a contract that supports ERC165, otherwise
* the behavior of this method is undefined. This precondition can be checked
* with {supportsERC165}.
* Interface identification is specified in ERC-165.
*/
function _supportsERC165Interface(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) private view returns (bool) {
// prepare call
bytes memory encodedParams = abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC165.supportsInterface.selector, interfaceId);
// perform static call
bool success;
uint256 returnSize;
uint256 returnValue;
assembly {
success := staticcall(30000, account, add(encodedParams, 0x20), mload(encodedParams), 0x00, 0x20)
returnSize := returndatasize()
returnValue := mload(0x00)
}
return success && returnSize >= 0x20 && returnValue > 0;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
*
* Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
* queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
*
* For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
*/
interface IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
* to learn more about how these ids are created.
*
* This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev String operations.
*/
library Strings {
bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
*/
function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
// Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
// https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
if (value == 0) {
return "0";
}
uint256 temp = value;
uint256 digits;
while (temp != 0) {
digits++;
temp /= 10;
}
bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
while (value != 0) {
digits -= 1;
buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
value /= 10;
}
return string(buffer);
}
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
*/
function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
if (value == 0) {
return "0x00";
}
uint256 temp = value;
uint256 length = 0;
while (temp != 0) {
length++;
temp >>= 8;
}
return toHexString(value, length);
}
/**
* @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
*/
function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
buffer[0] = "0";
buffer[1] = "x";
for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
value >>= 4;
}
require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
return string(buffer);
}
/**
* @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
*/
function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Library for managing
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
* types.
*
* Sets have the following properties:
*
* - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
* (O(1)).
* - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
*
* ```
* contract Example {
* // Add the library methods
* using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
*
* // Declare a set state variable
* EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
* }
* ```
*
* As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
* and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
*
* [WARNING]
* ====
* Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure unusable.
* See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
*
* In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an array of EnumerableSet.
* ====
*/
library EnumerableSet {
// To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
// repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
// bytes32 values.
// The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
// implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
// underlying Set.
// This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
// in bytes32.
struct Set {
// Storage of set values
bytes32[] _values;
// Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
// means a value is not in the set.
mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
if (!_contains(set, value)) {
set._values.push(value);
// The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
// and use 0 as a sentinel value
set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
// We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
if (valueIndex != 0) {
// Equivalent to contains(set, value)
// To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
// the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
// This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
// Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
// Update the index for the moved value
set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
}
// Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
set._values.pop();
// Delete the index for the deleted slot
delete set._indexes[value];
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
return set._indexes[value] != 0;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
*/
function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
return set._values.length;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
return set._values[index];
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
return set._values;
}
// Bytes32Set
struct Bytes32Set {
Set _inner;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _add(set._inner, value);
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _remove(set._inner, value);
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
return _contains(set._inner, value);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
*/
function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
return _length(set._inner);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
return _at(set._inner, index);
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
return _values(set._inner);
}
// AddressSet
struct AddressSet {
Set _inner;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
*/
function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
return _length(set._inner);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
address[] memory result;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
result := store
}
return result;
}
// UintSet
struct UintSet {
Set _inner;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
*/
function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
return _length(set._inner);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
uint256[] memory result;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
result := store
}
return result;
}
}
File 6 of 7: OperatorFilterer
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* Implement this if you want your extension to approve a transfer
*/
interface IERC1155CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Set whether or not the creator contract will check the extension for approval of token transfer
*/
function setApproveTransfer(address creator, bool enabled) external;
/**
* @dev Called by creator contract to approve a transfer
*/
function approveTransfer(address operator, address from, address to, uint256[] calldata tokenIds, uint256[] calldata amounts) external returns (bool);
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author: manifold.xyz
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
* Implement this if you want your extension to approve a transfer
*/
interface IERC721CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer is IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Set whether or not the creator will check the extension for approval of token transfer
*/
function setApproveTransfer(address creator, bool enabled) external;
/**
* @dev Called by creator contract to approve a transfer
*/
function approveTransfer(address operator, address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.2) (utils/introspection/ERC165Checker.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
* @dev Library used to query support of an interface declared via {IERC165}.
*
* Note that these functions return the actual result of the query: they do not
* `revert` if an interface is not supported. It is up to the caller to decide
* what to do in these cases.
*/
library ERC165Checker {
// As per the EIP-165 spec, no interface should ever match 0xffffffff
bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_INVALID = 0xffffffff;
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` supports the {IERC165} interface,
*/
function supportsERC165(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
// Any contract that implements ERC165 must explicitly indicate support of
// InterfaceId_ERC165 and explicitly indicate non-support of InterfaceId_Invalid
return
_supportsERC165Interface(account, type(IERC165).interfaceId) &&
!_supportsERC165Interface(account, _INTERFACE_ID_INVALID);
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` supports the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. Support for {IERC165} itself is queried automatically.
*
* See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) internal view returns (bool) {
// query support of both ERC165 as per the spec and support of _interfaceId
return supportsERC165(account) && _supportsERC165Interface(account, interfaceId);
}
/**
* @dev Returns a boolean array where each value corresponds to the
* interfaces passed in and whether they're supported or not. This allows
* you to batch check interfaces for a contract where your expectation
* is that some interfaces may not be supported.
*
* See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*
* _Available since v3.4._
*/
function getSupportedInterfaces(address account, bytes4[] memory interfaceIds)
internal
view
returns (bool[] memory)
{
// an array of booleans corresponding to interfaceIds and whether they're supported or not
bool[] memory interfaceIdsSupported = new bool[](interfaceIds.length);
// query support of ERC165 itself
if (supportsERC165(account)) {
// query support of each interface in interfaceIds
for (uint256 i = 0; i < interfaceIds.length; i++) {
interfaceIdsSupported[i] = _supportsERC165Interface(account, interfaceIds[i]);
}
}
return interfaceIdsSupported;
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if `account` supports all the interfaces defined in
* `interfaceIds`. Support for {IERC165} itself is queried automatically.
*
* Batch-querying can lead to gas savings by skipping repeated checks for
* {IERC165} support.
*
* See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsAllInterfaces(address account, bytes4[] memory interfaceIds) internal view returns (bool) {
// query support of ERC165 itself
if (!supportsERC165(account)) {
return false;
}
// query support of each interface in _interfaceIds
for (uint256 i = 0; i < interfaceIds.length; i++) {
if (!_supportsERC165Interface(account, interfaceIds[i])) {
return false;
}
}
// all interfaces supported
return true;
}
/**
* @notice Query if a contract implements an interface, does not check ERC165 support
* @param account The address of the contract to query for support of an interface
* @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
* @return true if the contract at account indicates support of the interface with
* identifier interfaceId, false otherwise
* @dev Assumes that account contains a contract that supports ERC165, otherwise
* the behavior of this method is undefined. This precondition can be checked
* with {supportsERC165}.
* Interface identification is specified in ERC-165.
*/
function _supportsERC165Interface(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) private view returns (bool) {
// prepare call
bytes memory encodedParams = abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC165.supportsInterface.selector, interfaceId);
// perform static call
bool success;
uint256 returnSize;
uint256 returnValue;
assembly {
success := staticcall(30000, account, add(encodedParams, 0x20), mload(encodedParams), 0x00, 0x20)
returnSize := returndatasize()
returnValue := mload(0x00)
}
return success && returnSize >= 0x20 && returnValue > 0;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
*
* Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
* queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
*
* For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
*/
interface IERC165 {
/**
* @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
* `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
* https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
* to learn more about how these ids are created.
*
* This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import "@manifoldxyz/creator-core-solidity/contracts/extensions/ERC721/IERC721CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer.sol";
import "@manifoldxyz/creator-core-solidity/contracts/extensions/ERC1155/IERC1155CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer.sol";
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "operator-filter-registry/src/IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Checker.sol";
contract OperatorFilterer is IERC165 {
error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);
address public immutable OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY;
address public immutable SUBSCRIPTION;
constructor(address operatorFilterRegistry, address subscription) {
OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY = operatorFilterRegistry;
SUBSCRIPTION = subscription;
IOperatorFilterRegistry(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).registerAndSubscribe(address(this), SUBSCRIPTION);
}
/**
* @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
*/
function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (IERC165) returns (bool) {
return interfaceId == type(IERC721CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer).interfaceId
|| interfaceId == type(IERC1155CreatorExtensionApproveTransfer).interfaceId
|| interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
}
/**
* @dev ERC1155: Called by creator contract to approve a transfer
*/
function approveTransfer(address operator, address from, address, uint256[] calldata, uint256[] calldata)
external
view
returns (bool)
{
return isOperatorAllowed(operator, from);
}
/**
* @dev ERC721: Called by creator contract to approve a transfer
*/
function approveTransfer(address operator, address from, address, uint256) external view returns (bool) {
return isOperatorAllowed(operator, from);
}
/**
* @dev Check OperatorFiltererRegistry to see if operator is approved
*/
function isOperatorAllowed(address operator, address from) internal view returns (bool) {
if (from != operator) {
if (!IOperatorFilterRegistry(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
}
}
return true;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
function register(address registrant) external;
function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
function unregister(address addr) external;
function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
File 7 of 7: OperatorFilterRegistry
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
* @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
* there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
* specific functions.
*
* By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
* can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
*
* This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
* `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
* the owner.
*/
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
address private _owner;
event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
/**
* @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
*/
constructor() {
_transferOwnership(_msgSender());
}
/**
* @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
*/
modifier onlyOwner() {
_checkOwner();
_;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
*/
function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
return _owner;
}
/**
* @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
*/
function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
}
/**
* @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
* `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
*
* NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
* thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
*/
function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
_transferOwnership(address(0));
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Can only be called by the current owner.
*/
function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
_transferOwnership(newOwner);
}
/**
* @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
* Internal function without access restriction.
*/
function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
address oldOwner = _owner;
_owner = newOwner;
emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
* sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
* via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
* manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
* paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
* is concerned).
*
* This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
*/
abstract contract Context {
function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
return msg.sender;
}
function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
return msg.data;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
* @dev Library for managing
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
* types.
*
* Sets have the following properties:
*
* - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
* (O(1)).
* - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
*
* ```
* contract Example {
* // Add the library methods
* using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
*
* // Declare a set state variable
* EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
* }
* ```
*
* As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
* and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
*
* [WARNING]
* ====
* Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
* unusable.
* See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
*
* In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
* array of EnumerableSet.
* ====
*/
library EnumerableSet {
// To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
// repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
// bytes32 values.
// The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
// implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
// underlying Set.
// This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
// in bytes32.
struct Set {
// Storage of set values
bytes32[] _values;
// Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
// means a value is not in the set.
mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
if (!_contains(set, value)) {
set._values.push(value);
// The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
// and use 0 as a sentinel value
set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
// We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
if (valueIndex != 0) {
// Equivalent to contains(set, value)
// To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
// the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
// This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
// Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
// Update the index for the moved value
set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
}
// Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
set._values.pop();
// Delete the index for the deleted slot
delete set._indexes[value];
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
return set._indexes[value] != 0;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
*/
function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
return set._values.length;
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
return set._values[index];
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
return set._values;
}
// Bytes32Set
struct Bytes32Set {
Set _inner;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _add(set._inner, value);
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _remove(set._inner, value);
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
return _contains(set._inner, value);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
*/
function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
return _length(set._inner);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
return _at(set._inner, index);
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
bytes32[] memory result;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
result := store
}
return result;
}
// AddressSet
struct AddressSet {
Set _inner;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
*/
function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
return _length(set._inner);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
address[] memory result;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
result := store
}
return result;
}
// UintSet
struct UintSet {
Set _inner;
}
/**
* @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
* already present.
*/
function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
}
/**
* @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
*
* Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
* present.
*/
function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
}
/**
* @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
*/
function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
}
/**
* @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
*/
function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
return _length(set._inner);
}
/**
* @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
*
* Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
* array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
*
* Requirements:
*
* - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
*/
function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
}
/**
* @dev Return the entire set in an array
*
* WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
* to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
* this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
* uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
*/
function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
uint256[] memory result;
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
result := store
}
return result;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {EnumerableSet} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
function register(address registrant) external;
function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "./IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Ownable} from "openzeppelin-contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents} from "./OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents.sol";
/**
* @title OperatorFilterRegistry
* @notice Borrows heavily from the QQL BlacklistOperatorFilter contract:
* https://github.com/qql-art/contracts/blob/main/contracts/BlacklistOperatorFilter.sol
* @notice This contracts allows tokens or token owners to register specific addresses or codeHashes that may be
* * restricted according to the isOperatorAllowed function.
*/
contract OperatorFilterRegistry is IOperatorFilterRegistry, OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents {
using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set;
/// @dev initialized accounts have a nonzero codehash (see https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1052)
/// Note that this will also be a smart contract's codehash when making calls from its constructor.
bytes32 constant EOA_CODEHASH = keccak256("");
mapping(address => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _filteredOperators;
mapping(address => EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set) private _filteredCodeHashes;
mapping(address => address) private _registrations;
mapping(address => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _subscribers;
/**
* @notice restricts method caller to the address or EIP-173 "owner()"
*/
modifier onlyAddressOrOwner(address addr) {
if (msg.sender != addr) {
try Ownable(addr).owner() returns (address owner) {
if (msg.sender != owner) {
revert OnlyAddressOrOwner();
}
} catch (bytes memory reason) {
if (reason.length == 0) {
revert NotOwnable();
} else {
/// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
assembly {
revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
}
}
}
}
_;
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
* true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
*/
function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != address(0)) {
EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef;
EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef;
filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registration];
filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registration];
if (filteredOperatorsRef.contains(operator)) {
revert AddressFiltered(operator);
}
if (operator.code.length > 0) {
bytes32 codeHash = operator.codehash;
if (filteredCodeHashesRef.contains(codeHash)) {
revert CodeHashFiltered(operator, codeHash);
}
}
}
return true;
}
//////////////////
// AUTH METHODS //
//////////////////
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
*/
function register(address registrant) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
if (_registrations[registrant] != address(0)) {
revert AlreadyRegistered();
}
_registrations[registrant] = registrant;
emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
}
/**
* @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
* Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
* Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
*/
function unregister(address registrant) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
_subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
}
_registrations[registrant] = address(0);
emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, false);
}
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
*/
function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != address(0)) {
revert AlreadyRegistered();
}
if (registrant == subscription) {
revert CannotSubscribeToSelf();
}
address subscriptionRegistration = _registrations[subscription];
if (subscriptionRegistration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(subscription);
}
if (subscriptionRegistration != subscription) {
revert CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(subscription);
}
_registrations[registrant] = subscription;
_subscribers[subscription].add(registrant);
emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, subscription, true);
}
/**
* @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
* address without subscribing.
*/
function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy)
external
onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
{
if (registrantToCopy == registrant) {
revert CannotCopyFromSelf();
}
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != address(0)) {
revert AlreadyRegistered();
}
address registrantRegistration = _registrations[registrantToCopy];
if (registrantRegistration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrantToCopy);
}
_registrations[registrant] = registrant;
emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
_copyEntries(registrant, registrantToCopy);
}
/**
* @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
*/
function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered)
external
onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
{
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
}
EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrant];
if (!filtered) {
bool removed = filteredOperatorsRef.remove(operator);
if (!removed) {
revert AddressNotFiltered(operator);
}
} else {
bool added = filteredOperatorsRef.add(operator);
if (!added) {
revert AddressAlreadyFiltered(operator);
}
}
emit OperatorUpdated(registrant, operator, filtered);
}
/**
* @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
*/
function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash, bool filtered)
external
onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
{
if (codeHash == EOA_CODEHASH) {
revert CannotFilterEOAs();
}
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
}
EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant];
if (!filtered) {
bool removed = filteredCodeHashesRef.remove(codeHash);
if (!removed) {
revert CodeHashNotFiltered(codeHash);
}
} else {
bool added = filteredCodeHashesRef.add(codeHash);
if (!added) {
revert CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(codeHash);
}
}
emit CodeHashUpdated(registrant, codeHash, filtered);
}
/**
* @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
*/
function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered)
external
onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
{
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
}
EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrant];
uint256 operatorsLength = operators.length;
unchecked {
if (!filtered) {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < operatorsLength; ++i) {
address operator = operators[i];
bool removed = filteredOperatorsRef.remove(operator);
if (!removed) {
revert AddressNotFiltered(operator);
}
}
} else {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < operatorsLength; ++i) {
address operator = operators[i];
bool added = filteredOperatorsRef.add(operator);
if (!added) {
revert AddressAlreadyFiltered(operator);
}
}
}
}
emit OperatorsUpdated(registrant, operators, filtered);
}
/**
* @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
*/
function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered)
external
onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
{
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
}
EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant];
uint256 codeHashesLength = codeHashes.length;
unchecked {
if (!filtered) {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < codeHashesLength; ++i) {
bytes32 codeHash = codeHashes[i];
bool removed = filteredCodeHashesRef.remove(codeHash);
if (!removed) {
revert CodeHashNotFiltered(codeHash);
}
}
} else {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < codeHashesLength; ++i) {
bytes32 codeHash = codeHashes[i];
if (codeHash == EOA_CODEHASH) {
revert CannotFilterEOAs();
}
bool added = filteredCodeHashesRef.add(codeHash);
if (!added) {
revert CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(codeHash);
}
}
}
}
emit CodeHashesUpdated(registrant, codeHashes, filtered);
}
/**
* @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
* subscription if present.
* Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
* subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
* used.
*/
function subscribe(address registrant, address newSubscription) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
if (registrant == newSubscription) {
revert CannotSubscribeToSelf();
}
if (newSubscription == address(0)) {
revert CannotSubscribeToZeroAddress();
}
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration == newSubscription) {
revert AlreadySubscribed(newSubscription);
}
address newSubscriptionRegistration = _registrations[newSubscription];
if (newSubscriptionRegistration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(newSubscription);
}
if (newSubscriptionRegistration != newSubscription) {
revert CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(newSubscription);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
_subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
}
_registrations[registrant] = newSubscription;
_subscribers[newSubscription].add(registrant);
emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, newSubscription, true);
}
/**
* @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
*/
function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration == registrant) {
revert NotSubscribed();
}
_subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
_registrations[registrant] = registrant;
emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
if (copyExistingEntries) {
_copyEntries(registrant, registration);
}
}
/**
* @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
*/
function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
if (registrant == registrantToCopy) {
revert CannotCopyFromSelf();
}
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
}
if (registration != registrant) {
revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
}
address registrantRegistration = _registrations[registrantToCopy];
if (registrantRegistration == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrantToCopy);
}
_copyEntries(registrant, registrantToCopy);
}
/// @dev helper to copy entries from registrantToCopy to registrant and emit events
function _copyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) private {
EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrantToCopy];
EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrantToCopy];
uint256 filteredOperatorsLength = filteredOperatorsRef.length();
uint256 filteredCodeHashesLength = filteredCodeHashesRef.length();
unchecked {
for (uint256 i = 0; i < filteredOperatorsLength; ++i) {
address operator = filteredOperatorsRef.at(i);
bool added = _filteredOperators[registrant].add(operator);
if (added) {
emit OperatorUpdated(registrant, operator, true);
}
}
for (uint256 i = 0; i < filteredCodeHashesLength; ++i) {
bytes32 codehash = filteredCodeHashesRef.at(i);
bool added = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].add(codehash);
if (added) {
emit CodeHashUpdated(registrant, codehash, true);
}
}
}
}
//////////////////
// VIEW METHODS //
//////////////////
/**
* @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
*/
function subscriptionOf(address registrant) external view returns (address subscription) {
subscription = _registrations[registrant];
if (subscription == address(0)) {
revert NotRegistered(registrant);
} else if (subscription == registrant) {
subscription = address(0);
}
}
/**
* @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function subscribers(address registrant) external view returns (address[] memory) {
return _subscribers[registrant].values();
}
/**
* @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (address) {
return _subscribers[registrant].at(index);
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredOperators[registration].contains(operator);
}
return _filteredOperators[registrant].contains(operator);
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external view returns (bool) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].contains(codeHash);
}
return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].contains(codeHash);
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
*/
function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external view returns (bool) {
bytes32 codeHash = operatorWithCode.codehash;
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].contains(codeHash);
}
return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].contains(codeHash);
}
/**
* @notice Returns true if an address has registered
*/
function isRegistered(address registrant) external view returns (bool) {
return _registrations[registrant] != address(0);
}
/**
* @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
*/
function filteredOperators(address registrant) external view returns (address[] memory) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredOperators[registration].values();
}
return _filteredOperators[registrant].values();
}
/**
* @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredCodeHashes(address registrant) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].values();
}
return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].values();
}
/**
* @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
* its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (address) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredOperators[registration].at(index);
}
return _filteredOperators[registrant].at(index);
}
/**
* @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
* its subscription.
* Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
*/
function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (bytes32) {
address registration = _registrations[registrant];
if (registration != registrant) {
return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].at(index);
}
return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].at(index);
}
/// @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
function codeHashOf(address a) external view returns (bytes32) {
return a.codehash;
}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
contract OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents {
error CannotFilterEOAs();
error AddressAlreadyFiltered(address operator);
error AddressNotFiltered(address operator);
error CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(bytes32 codeHash);
error CodeHashNotFiltered(bytes32 codeHash);
error OnlyAddressOrOwner();
error NotRegistered(address registrant);
error AlreadyRegistered();
error AlreadySubscribed(address subscription);
error NotSubscribed();
error CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(address subscription);
error CannotSubscribeToSelf();
error CannotSubscribeToZeroAddress();
error NotOwnable();
error AddressFiltered(address filtered);
error CodeHashFiltered(address account, bytes32 codeHash);
error CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(address registrant);
error CannotCopyFromSelf();
event RegistrationUpdated(address indexed registrant, bool indexed registered);
event OperatorUpdated(address indexed registrant, address indexed operator, bool indexed filtered);
event OperatorsUpdated(address indexed registrant, address[] operators, bool indexed filtered);
event CodeHashUpdated(address indexed registrant, bytes32 indexed codeHash, bool indexed filtered);
event CodeHashesUpdated(address indexed registrant, bytes32[] codeHashes, bool indexed filtered);
event SubscriptionUpdated(address indexed registrant, address indexed subscription, bool indexed subscribed);
}